United States
           Environmental Protection
           Agency
            Office of Research and
            Development
            Washington, DC 20460
EPA/600/3-91/073
December 1991
&EPA
CORMIX2: An Expert
System for Hydrodynamic
Mixing Zone Analysis of
Conventional and Toxic
Multiport Diffuser Discharges

-------

-------
                              EPA/600/3-91/073
                              December 1991
  CORMIX2: AN EXPERT SYSTEM FOR, HYDRODYNAMIC
MIXING ZONE ANALYSIS OF CONVENTIONAL AND TOXIC
         MULTIPORT  DIFFUSER DISCHARGES

                       by

       Paul J. Akar and Gerhard H. Jirka

         DeFrees  Hydraulics Laboratory
 School of Civil  and Environmental Engineering
              Cornell University
         Ithaca,  New York  14853-3501
      Cooperative  Agreement No.  CR813093
                 Project Officer:
            Thomas  O.  Barnwell, Jr.
               Assessment Branch
        Environmental  Research Laboratory
             Athens, Georgia 30613
       ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
      OFFICE OF  RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
     U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
          ATHENS, GEORGIA  30613-0801
                                         Printed on Recycled Paper

-------
                           DISCLAIMER

     The information in this document has been funded wholly* or
in part by the United States Environmental Protection Agency
under Cooperative Agreement Number CR813093 to Cornell University.
It has been subjected to the Agency's peer and administrative
review, and it has been approved for publication as an EPA
document.
                                11

-------
                           FOREWORD

      As environmental controls become more costly to implement
and the penalties of judgment errors become more severe, en-
vironmental quality management requires more efficient manage-
ment tools based on greater knowledge of the environmental
phenomena to be managed.  As part of this Laboratory's research
on the occurrence, movement, transformation, impact, and control
of environmental contaminants, the Assessment Branch develops
state-of-the-art mathematical models for use in water quality
evaluation and management.

      Special water quality regulations have been proposed to
limit lethal acute concentrations of toxic pollutants to a
spatially restricted toxic dilution zone.  Predictive mathe-
matical models are used to establish the initial dilution of a
given discharge and the characteristics of its mixing zone.  To
assist the analyst in choosing the appropriate models, determining
the limits of applicability, and establishing data needs, an ex-
pert system has been developed.  The structured computer program
uses knowledge and inference procedures that would be used by
water quality experts.  Operated on a personal computer, the
program appears to be a highly flexible tool for regulatory
analysis that is adaptable to the evaluation of alternatives
in engineering design.

                                Rosemarie C. Russo, Ph.D.
                                Director
                                Environmental Research Laboratory
                                Athens, Georgia
                              111

-------
                         Abstract
    One  of the most important  tasks  in the management of
water   quality  is  the   ability  to  achieve  pollutant
concentrations within  regulated  standards.   The Cornell
Mixing Zone Expert  System  (COKMIX)  is a series of software
systems  for the analysis,  prediction,  and  design  of aqueous
toxic    or   conventional    pollutant   discharges    into
watercourses,  with emphasis on the geometry and dilution
characteristics  of  the initial  mixing zone.   Subsystem
CORMIX1,  reported  by Doneker and Jirka (1990), deals  with
submerged single port discharges.   The present development,
subsystem CORMIX2   is  concerned  with  submerged  multiport
discharges into flowing water environments,  such  as rivers,
lakes,_estuaries, and coastal waters.  It includes effects
of ambient stratification, dynamic  attachment of the plume
to the bottom of the receiving water,  and  the limiting  case
of stagnant conditions.

    CORMIX2 collects the relevant data for the ambient and
discharge situation, computes the physical parameters, and
classifies the given discharge into  one  of many possible
hydrodynamic  configurations.   Then,  CORMIX2 executes the
corresponding   hydrodynamic   simulation  for  the  flow,
interprets the results  of the simulation relative to legal
requirements   including toxic  discharge  criteria,  and
finally,   suggests  possible   design  alternatives  and
improvements concerning the mixing  characteristics.

    CORMIX2,  with  its  emphasis  on rapid  initial  mixing,
assumes  a conservative  pollutant  discharge neglecting any
physical, chemical,  or biological decay processes.  However,
the predictive results  can be  readily converted  to adjust
for first-order reaction processes.

    The results of the hydrodynamic simulation are in good
agreement  with available   field and laboratory data.   In
particular,  CORMIX2  correctly  predicts  highly  complex
discharge  situations   involving   boundary  interactions,
internal  layer formation,  buoyant  intrusions, and  large-
scale induced  currents in shallow environments, all features
that  are  beyond  the   predictive  capabilities  of  other
currently  available initial mixing models  for  multiport
diffusers.
                         IV

-------
                      Table of Contents


  Abstract 	  ......  iv

".Table  of .Contents   .  .  .  .  .	  .   v

  List of  Tables	   x

  List Of  Figures  .  . .	   ix

 Glossary of Symbols	' . ' .  .  xiv

 Acknowledgements	xvii


                         Chapter I

 Introduction .  . .  . .  .  .  .... ... .  .  • ....  .  •  •  1

 1.1 Regulatory Background	1
 1.1.1  The Clean Water Act of 1977	  2
 1.1.2  The Cpncept of Mixing Zone	2
 1.1.2.1 Mixing  Zone:  Regulations and Development ...  2
 1.1.2.2 Special Mixing Zone Requirements for Toxic
         Substances  .  .  .  .  . '.  .  . • .  . .  .  •  •  ... «  3
.1.1.3 Regulatory Practice  .  .  	  ......  4
 1.1.4 The Role  of Expert  Systems in  Mixing  Zone
      Analysis	4
 1.2  CORMIX2: An  Expert  System  for Mixing  Zone Analysis
     of  Multiport Diffuser Discharges 	  5
 1.2.1 Scope  and  Objective	:	5
 1.2.2 Summary of Present  Study  .  .  .  . .  .  .  ... • •  6
                        Chapter IT

Hydrodynamic  Processes  and  Flow Classification
2.1
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2 .2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.4
 Introduction
 Physical  Conditions
8
8
 1 Ambient  Conditions  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . .  • — ;  "«  •  •  10
,1.1  Ambient Geometry  .  .  .  .....  .  .  •  .  •  •  >  10
,1.1.1  Bounded  Cross-Section % .....  .  .  .  .  •  •  10
,1.1.2  Unbounded  Cross-Section   ...  .  ."  .  .  .  -  .  10
.1.2  Ambient Currents  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  •  «  •  •  «  10
,1.3  Stratification  Effects  .........  ...  11
,2 Discharge Conditions  ..............  13
 2.1  Diffuser Geometry   ..............  13
 2.2  Flow Parameters  ...............  17
 Hydrodynamic Mixing Processes   ..........  18
 1 Near-Field Processes  ........  ......  18
 2 Far-Field Processes   ..............  20
 Length Scales  Definitions   ............  21
                          v

-------
2.4,
2.4,
2.4,
2.4,
2.4,
2.4,
2.5
2.5,
2.5,
2.5,

2.5,

2.5,

2.5,
2.6
2.6,
2.6,
2.6,
2.6,
2.6,
2.6,
2.6,
 1 Jet to Crossflow Length Scale ....
 2 Jet to Plume Length Scale ......
 3 Jet/Stratification Length Scale .  .  .
 4 Plume/Stratification Length Scale  .  .
 5 Crossflow/Stratification Length Scale
 6 Additional Comments	  .
 Hydrodymanic Flow Classification
 1.1,
 1.1,
 1.1.
 1.1,
2.6.1.1
2.6.1
2.6.1
2.6
2.6

2.6

2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6

2.6
2.6

2.6
    Near-Field Flow Classification  	
1.1 General Procedure 	
1.2 Flow Classes MS for Linear Ambient
    Stratification  	  .
1.3 Flow Classes MU for Buoyant Discharges into"
    Uniform Ambient Layers	,  .
1.4 Flow Classes for MNU Negatively Buoyant
    Discharges in Uniform Ambient Layers  .   .. .  .
2 Far-Field Flow Behavior	
Analysis of Individual Flow Processes ......
1 Buoyant Plane Jet Processes in Deep Water
1.1 Unstratified Ambient	. .
1.1.1 Simple Plane Jet in Stagnant Environment
    2 Simple Plane Plume in Stagnant Environment
    3 Weakly Deflected Plane Jet in Crossflow .  .
    4 Strongly Deflected Plane Jet in Crossflow  .
    5 Weakly and Strongly Deflected Plane
      Plume in Crossflow  	
    6 Horizontal Plane Jet with Vertical
      Buoyant Deflection  	  .
  1.7 Vertical Plane Plume with Horizontal
      Momentum Deflection 	 .  .
  2 Typical Regimes of Buoyant Plane Jets
    in Linear Stratification	  .
1.2.1 Buoyant Plane Jet in Linear Stratification
1.2.2 Buoyant Plane Plume in Stratified
      Stagnant Ambient	
1.3 Surface, Bottom, and Terminal Layer       :
    Interaction Processes ............
2 Diffuser Induced Jet Mixing in Shallow Water
2.1 Unidirectional Diffuser	 .   . .  .
2.1.1 Stagnant Ambient  . . .	   . .  .
2.1.2 Ambient Crossflow	
2.2 Staged Diffuser ........ 	
2.2.1 Stagnant Ambient  	 .  .
2.2.2 Ambient Crossflow 	
2.3 Alternating Di-ffuser	•...'..
2.3.1 Stagnant Ambient	
2.3.2 Ambient Crossflow	
2.4 Fully Mixed Fiffuser Plumes (Inter-
    mediate Field)   . .	 .   . .  .
3 Buoyant Spreading Processes	'..'-..
  1 Surface Density Current Developing Along
    Diffuser Line in Parallel Alignment . .•  .
3.2 Internal Density Current Developing Along
    Diffuser Line in Parallel Alignment ...
.3
 21
 24
 24
 24
 25
 25
 25
 26
 26

 34

 35

 35
 36
•37
.37
 37
 39
 41
 41
 43

 44

 45

 46

 46
 46

 47

 48
 49
 50
 50
 50
 52
 52
 54
 54
 54
 56

 56
 57

 59

 60
                           VI

-------
 2.6.3.3 Upstream Intruding Density Wedges  Formed
          in Bounded Channels	  .  .  .  .  .61
 2.6.3.3.1 Density Wedges with Critical Boundary
          Conditions	61
 2.6.3.3.2 Density Wedges with Subcritical  Boundary
          Conditions	 63
 2.6.4 Passive Diffusion Processes  	 64


                        Chapter  III

 CORMIX2:  System Structure and Program Elements .... 66

 3.1  Background on  Expert  Systems and  Logic  Programming 66
 3.2  Structure  of CORMIX2  .  .	68
 3.2.1  Data  Input Element:  DATIN2	71
 3.2.2  Parameter Computation:  PARAM2   	 72
 3.2.3  Flow  Classification  Element: CLASS2   	72
 3.2.4  Hydrbdynamic Simulation  Element:  HYDRO2   .... 73
 3.2.5  Summary  Element: SUM2   .  .  .	76


                        Chapter  IV

CORMIX2: Flow  Protocols and Simulation Modules  ...  .  78

4.1   Flow Protocols	78
4.1.1 Flow Protocols for Buoyant Discharges into
      Uniform Ambient Layers (Flow Class MU) 	  82
4.1.2 Flow Protocols for Negatively Buoyant
      Discharges into Uniform Ambient Layers (Flow
      Classes MNU)	82
4.1.3 Flow Protocols for Discharges Trapped in
      Linearly Stratified Ambients (Flow Class MS) .  .  82
4.2   Hydrodynamic Simulation Modules  ... 	  92
4.2.1 Simulation Modules for Buoyant Multiport
      Diffuser in Near-Field Flows 	  92
4.2.1.1 Introductory Comments  	  94
4.2.1.2 Discharge Module (MOD201)  	  94
4.2.1.3 Weakly Deflected Plane Jet in Crossflow
        (MOD211)	94
4.2.1.4 Weakly Deflected  (3-D) Wall Jet  in  Crossflow
        (MOD212)		95
4.2.1.5 Weakly Deflected  (2-D) Wall Jet  in  Crossflow
        (MOD218) .  .	•  96
4.2.1.6 Near-Vertical Plane Jet  in  Linear Stratification
        (MOD213)	  96
4.2.1.7 Near-Horizontal Plane Jet in Linear
        Stratification (MOD214) . . .  . .	97
4.2.1.8 Strongly Deflected Plane Jet in Crossflow
        (MOD216)		• • . •  •  97
4.2.1.9 Weakly and Strongly Deflected Plane Plume  in
        Crossflow (MOD221, and MOD222) 	 ...  98
4.2.1.10 Negatively Buoyant Line Plume (MOD224)  ...  99
                         Vll

-------
 4.2.2  Simulation Modules for Unstable Multiport
       Diffusers: Mixed Near-Field Flows  .. .  .  .  .  .  .
 4.2.2.1 Acceleration Zone for Unidirectional
         Co-Flowing Diffuser (MOD271)  .  .  .  .  .
 4.2.2.2 Acceleration Zone for Unidirectional
         Cross-Flowing Diffuser (Tee)  (MOD272)   .  .  .  .
 4.2.2.3 Unidirectional Cross-Flowing  Diffuser
         (Tee)  in Strong Current (MOD273) . ... .  .  .  .  •  •
 4.2.2.4 Acceleration Zone for Staged  Diffuser  (MOD274)
 4.2.2.5 Staged Perpendicular Diffuser in  Strong
         Current (MOD275)	•••/-,'
 4.2.2.6 Alternating Perpendicular Diffuser  in Unstable
         Near-Field Zone (MOD277)	•  •
 4.2.2.7 Negatively Buoyant Staged Acceleration  Zone
         (MOD279)  .....  	  .........
 4.2.3    Simulation Modules for Boundary Interaction
         Processes for Stable Multiport  Diffusers  .  .  .
 4.2-3.1 Near-Horizontal Surface/Bottom/Pycnocline
         Approach (MOD235)	  •
 4.2.3.2 Negatively Buoyant Diffuser  (3-D) in Strong
         Current (MOD238)  	
 4.2.4  Simulation Modules  for Unstable Multiport
       Diffusers:  Intermediate-Field Flows   	  •
 4.2.4.1 Diffuser Plume in Co-Flow (MOD251)  . .  .  .  .  •
 4.2.4.2 Diffuser Plume in Weak Cross-Flow  (MOD252)  .  .
 4.2.5  Simulation Modules  for Buoyant  Spreading
       Processes	*'""j*
 4.2.5.1 Buoyant Surface/Bottom Spreading  (MOD241) and
         Buoyant Terminal  Layer Spreading  (MOD242)   .  .
 4.2.5.2 Density Current Developing Along Parallel
         Diffuser Line (MOD243)	•  •
 4.2.5.3  Internal Density  Current  Developing Along
         Parallel Diffuser Line (MOD244)   	
 4.2.5.4  Diffuser Induced  Bottom Density Current
         (MOD245)	
 4.2.6  Simulation Modules  for Ambient  Diffusion
       Processes	
 4.2.7  Simulation Module for  Density Wedge in
       Bounded  Channel   	  ......
 4.2.7.1  Bottom/Surface/Internal Density Wedge1 (MOP281)
 4.3 Transition Rules,  Flow Criteria  and Coefficient
    Values	•	
 4.3.1  Transition Rules  	  	
 4.3.2  Flow Classification  Criteria 	  ....
 4.3.3  Terminal  Layer  Expressions  	  ....
 4.3.4  Model Coefficient Values  	 .....
 99

100

100

101



101

102

102

102

103

103

105
105
106

106

106

106

107

107

107

107
107

108
108
111
111
111
                         Chapter V

System Validation and Application  	 .  • «

5.1 Comparison with Laboratory and Field Data   . . .
5.1.1 Diffuser Discharges in Deep Receiving Water
 117

 117
 117
                          Vlll

-------
5.1.1.1 Unstratified Ambient  .	
5.1.1.1.1 Stagnant Ambient	...'.'..
5.1.1.1.2 Co-Flowing Ambient  	  ,  	
5.1.1.1.3 Negatively Buoyant  Discharges   ......
5.1.1.2 Stratified Stagnant Ambient
5.1.2 Diffuser Discharges in  Shallow Receiving Water
5.1.2.1 Unidirectional Diffuser   	
5.1.2.2 Staged Diffuser  .  .  	
5.1.2.3 Alternating Diffuser  	
5.1.3 Summary and Appraisal   .  	
5.2 Application: Case Studies   	
5.2.1 AAA Municipal Treatment Plant	
5.2.1.1 The Problem Statement   ... -  •  •'•  • •  •  •
5.2.1.2 CORMIX2 Analysis .	
5.2.2 PPP Electric Company  	
5.2.2.1 The Problem Statement   	
5.2.2.2 CORMIX2 Analysis .  .	
5.3 Additional Comments on CORMIX2	
118
118
118
122
122
126
126
129
129
134
134
136
136
136
141
141
141
141
                        Chapter VI

Conclusions arid Recommendations  . . . . . ... .

References	•  • •

Appendix A:  Data Input Advices  	

Appendix B:  Flow Descriptions of all Flow Classes

Appendix C:  Design Recommendation Information  . .
145

146

152

162

200
                          IX

-------
                       List of Tables
 Table 2.1 Summary of Length Scales Applicable for
           Multiport Diffuser .... 	
 Table 2.2 Near-Field Flow Classification Procedure .

 Table 3.1 CORMIX2 Program File Directories .  .  .  .  .

 Table 4.1 Flow Description Modules of CORMIX2  .  .  .

 Table 4.2 Flow Protocols (MU)  for Buoyant Discharges
           into Uniform Ambient Layers .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .
 Table  4.3  Flow Protocols  (MNU)  for Negatively Buoyant
           Discharges  into  Uniform  Ambient  Layers   .  .

 Table  4.4  Flow Protocols  (MS)  for Discharges Trapped
           in Linearly Stratified Ambients  ......
Table 4.5 Transition Rules   ...... 	

Table 4.6 Flow Classification Criteria   .  .  .'.

Table 4.7 Stratified Terminal Height  Expressions

Table 4.8 Module Constants	

Table 4.9 Coefficients in Transition Rules   ..'..,

Table 5.1 Comparison Between Laboratory Test Results
          (Isaacson et  al., 1983) and CORMIX2  . .  .
 27

 28

 70

 79


 83


 86


 90

109

112

113

114

116


125
                        x

-------
                      List of Figures
 Figure 2.1 Illustrative Near-Field and Far-Field
            Regions of Submerged Positively Buoyant
            Discharge .....  .  ........ .
 Figure  2.2  Definition Diagram for Multiport Diffuser
            Discharge  Geometry in Ambient  Channel  with
            Rectangular  Cross-Section  ........  ,12

 Figure  2.3  Representative Stable  Density Profiles   .  .  12

 Figure  2.4  Submerged  Multiport Diffuser  .......  14

 Figure  2.5  Schematic  Plan Views of Three Major
            Diffuser Types ............ ...  15

 Figure  2.6  Stable and Unstable Near-Field  Flows
            Produced by Multiport  Diff users  . .....  19

 Figure  2.7  Examples of Combined Effects of Momentum
            Flux, Buoyancy Flux, Crossflow,  and  Density
            Stratification on Flow Behavior  ......  22

 Figure  2.8  Sub-Classification: Assessment of Ambient
            Density Stratification and Different Flow
            Classes for Internally Trapped Discharges .  31

Figure  2.9  Sub-Classification: Behavior of Positively
            Buoyant Discharges in Uniform Ambient
            Layer ......... ..........  32

Figure 2.10 Sub-Classification:  Behavior of Negatively
            Buoyant Discharges in Uniform Ambient
            Layer  ..................  33
Figure 2.11 Interference of Individual Round Jets from
            Multiport Diffuser DischargesForming Two-
            Dimensional (Slot) Jets or Plumes  .  ...

Figure 2.12 Plane Jet in Stagnant Environment  ....

Figure 2.13 Plane Plume in Stagnant Environment  ...

Figure 2.14 Flow Field Induced by Unidirectional
            Diffuser ................ ' .
Figure 2.15 Effect of Limited Separation Distance
            between Diffuser Line and Shoreline
                                                       38

                                                       40

                                                       42


                                                       53


                                                       53
Figure 2.16 Flow Induced by Staged Diffuser  .....  55

Figure 2.17 Alternating Diffuser in Stagnant Ambient .  55
                         xx

-------
 Figure 2.18 Buoyant Surface Spreading  .  .  .' .  .  .  .  .   58

 Figure 2.19 Different Upstream Wedge Intrusion in
             a Bounded Channel	   62

 Figure 2.20 Passive Diffusion Mixing Process 	   65

 Figure 3.1 System Elements of CORMIX2  .  .  ......   69

 Figure 3.2 Example of Flow Description .  .  .  ...  .  .   74

 Figure 5.1 Horizontal Buoyant  Two-Dimensional  Jet  in
            Stagnant Ambient	  119

 Figure 5.2 Horizontal Multiport Buoyant Jet
            Trajectory in  a Co-Flowing Ambient   .  .  .  .  120

 Figure 5.3 Horizontal Multiport Buoyant Jet
            Trajectory in  a Co-Flowing Ambient   ....  121

 Figure 5.4 Dilution for Buoyant Multiport Discharge
            in a Co-Flowing Ambient	  123

 Figure 5.5 Negatively Buoyant Multiport Diffuser
            Discharging Vertically Upward in a
            Co-Flowing Uniform Ambient  	  ...  124

 Figure 5.6 Unidirectional Diffuser  Discharging  in a
            Stagnant  Shallow Ambient	  .  .  127

 Figure 5.7  Unidirectional  Diffuser Discharging  in
            Shallow Ambient  with Crossflow   ......  128

 Figure 5.8  Staged  Diffuser Discharging in a Stagnant
            Shallow Ambient	  130

 Figure 5.9  Staged Diffuser  Discharging  in a
            Cross-Flowing  Shallow Ambient 	  131

 Figure  5.10 Staged Diffuser Discharging in  a.
            Cross-Flowing Shallow Ambient   ......  132

 Figure  5.11 Surface  Plume  from Buoyant Alternating
            Diffuser	133

 Figure  5.12 Buoyant Alternating Diffuser in
            Perpendicular Crossflow   	  135

Figure  5.13 AAA Municipal Outfall:  Typical  Density
            Profiles in Coastal Ocean   . .	137

Figure  5.14 AAA Municipal Outfall:  August Design Case
            with Internal Flow Trapping  .......  139
                         XII

-------
Figure 5.15 AAA Municipal Outfall: March  Design  Case
            with Surface Interaction 	
Figure 5.16 PPP Electric Company Outfall in Low
            Ambient Current  	
Figure 5.17 PPP Electric Company Outfall in Strong
            Ambient Current  	
140
142
143
                          Kill

-------
                    Glossary of Symbols

       All  symbols are defined  where  they first occur.   Only
 more common symbols are summarized here.



 a0     = discharge cross-sectional  area

 b      = plane  jet/plume  half-width

 bh     - horizontal half-width  of diffuser plume

 bv     = vertical  half-width  of  diffuser plume


 bi'si'ti =  width,  dilution,  and trajectory constants  for  flow
            region i  (Chapter 2)

 B     = equivalent slot width  (section 2.2.2.2)

 Bi'si'Ti =  width, dilution,  and trajectory constants for MOD
            i (Chapter 4)
CI

D

f
       = drag coefficient for density current

       = discharge diameter

       = ambient flow Darcy-Weisbach friction factor

 F0     = nozzle/port densimetric  Froude  number (Eq.  5.1).

 Fro    = slot densimetric Froude  number  (Eq.  5.2).

 g      = gravitational acceleration

 9'0    ~ discharge buoyant acceleration

 h0     = height  of discharge  above bottom

 hint   = height  of pycnocline  (lower  layer depth)

 H      = ambient water depth

 Hs     =  significant  layer depth  (H or hj_n-t)

 J0    = discharge  buoyancy flux

 £     = average spacing between ports and nozzles

 lq    = discharge  (geometric) length scale

1M    = slot jet/plume transition length scale


                           xiv

-------
1m7
 q
LM
     = slot jet/crossflow length scale
     = slot jet/stratification length scale
     = slot plume/stratification length scale
     = crossflow/stratification length scale
     = discharge  (geometric) length scale
     = jet/plume  transition length scale
     = jet/crossflow  length scale
     •=• plume/crossflow  length scale
     = jet/stratification length scale
     = plume/stratification length scale
     = diffuser  length
     = discharge momentum flux
     = number  of ports  or nozzles
     = discharge (volume flux)
     == jet/crossf low  ratio  (Eq.  5.3).
     = distance  along jet/plume  trajectory
     = bulk  dilution  in plume
     = centerline dilution  in  jet/plume
     = centerline velocity  in  jet/plume
     = ambient velocity
     = discharge velocity
     = width of ambient water  body
x,y,z =  Cartesian coordinate system
x',y',z'  = Cartesian coordinate system relative to virtual
           origin
y"    = supplementary coordinate (section 4.2.1.1)
n
Qo
R
s
S
sc
uc
u
U
W
                           xv

-------
 Yg    = distance of discharge to nearest shore
 z     = vertical coordinate

 Greek Symbols:
a
A/>
PO
6
=   supplementary  angle  (Eq.  4.2)
=   port (nozzle)  horizontal orientation angle  relative
    to diffuser  line
«   alignment angle of diffuser line relative to ambient
    current direction
=   supplementary  angle  (Eq.  4.3)
=   pycnocline density jump
=   discharge density difference
=   supplementary  coordinate  (section 4.2.1.1).
=   ambient buoyancy gradient
=   ambient density
=   discharge density
=   vertical angle of discharge
=  horizontal angle of discharge relative to ambient
   current
Subscripts:
c
f
i
  centerline
  final value within a MOD
  initial value within a MOD
                    xv i

-------
                     Acknowledgements


    This  study was  conducted at  the DeFrees  Hydraulics
Laboratory,  Cornell  University,   in  cooperation with  the
United States Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental
Research Laboratory,  Athens, Georgia.  The authors want to
extend their appreciation to  Dr.  Thomas  0.  Barnwell,  Jr.,
project officer, who gave encouragement for the completion
of this  study on  multiport diffusers in addition  to  the
earlier development of CORMIX1 for single port discharges.

    The work was carried out using the computer facilities
of the DeFrees Hydraulics Laboratory.  Dr.  Robert L. Doneker
from the University of Portland,  Oregon,  provided valuable
assistance  in  the  final  implementation and testing of the
computer  code and knowledge  base software.   Mr.  Cameron
Willkens, Electronics Technician, generously assisted with
solutions for computer hardware and software problems.  Ms.
Doreen Balwierczak did skillful wordprocessing for the final
manuscript.

    This report is a revised version of the thesis submitted
by  Paul  J.  Akar, Graduate  Research Assistant,   to  the
Graduate School of Cornell University in partial fulfillment
of the  requirements  for  the degree of Masters of Science.
Dr. Gerhard H. Jirka, Professor of Civil  and Environmental
Engineering, was project supervisor.
                         xvn

-------

-------
                        Chapter I

                       Introduction

    One of the major environmental problems is the concern
for an adequate water quality in all bodies of water,  from
streams, rivers and lakes to estuaries and coastal waters.
In order to complete this goal,  all waste water discharges
in the  United  States are subject to  Federal  and/or State
regulations.   A key  aspect of these regulations  is  the
concept of a mixing zone.

    The mixing  zone  is  a  legally  defined spatial quantity
that  allows for  the  initial  nixing  and  dilution of  a
discharge.  Legal criteria specify the rixing zone shape and
effluent concentrations which rust be maintained outside and
at the edge of the mixing zone.  .Mixing zone regulations are
a  descendant  of Federal  water  quality  legislation which
started in 1948.

    More recently,  additional subregicns within the mixing
zone  have been defined for discharges  of aqueous toxic
substances.   The  objective of  these  regulations is  to
require rapid mixing of  toxic releases in order to limit the
exposure to toxic materials of aqueous flora and fauna.

    The  purpose  of   this   report   is   to  document  the
development and implementation of  an engineering tool, in
the form of a micro-computer based expert system, for the
analysis  of  submerged multiport diffuser  discharges  into
water bodies with variable and complex conditions.

    Due  to their great flexibility  in  providing  a  high
degree of initial mixing,  submerged multiport diffusers are
increasingly   being  used   in   water   quality   control.
Installations range from sewage diffusers for the discharge
of treated municipal  wastewater,  to thermal diffusers for
heated cooling water flow  from steam-electric power plants,
to  industrial  diffusers   for  process   water  or  brine
discharges.

    The goal of the  expert  system is to give reliable and
accurate predictions of the  mixing characteristics of these
discharges along with information  on any applicable legal
requirements.   The  development  of this  multiport diffuser
expert  system  is patterned  closely  after  another expert
system  for submerged  single port discharges as reported by
Doneker and Jirka (1989).

l.l Regulatory Background

    A detailed  overview of  the  legal background governing
aqueous pollutant discharges in the United States has been

-------
 given by Doneker and Jirka  (1989).  Some of the key aspects
 are summarized here.

 1.1.1 The Clean Water  Act of 1977

     In 1977 the Congress amended the Federal Water Pollution
 Control Act of 1972,  with those amendments being  known  as
 the  Clean Water  Act  (CWA).    The  Act  covered  general
 categories of pollutants which are;  i) conventional,  ii)
 nonconventional,  iii)  toxics,  iv)  heat, and v)  dredge  and
 fill spoil.

     Conventional pollutants are defined as pollutants that
 are naturally occurring,  biodegradable, oxygen  demanding
 materials   and    solids.       Pollutants    which    are
 "nonconventional"  would be "those which are  not toxic  or
 conventional"  (Congressional Research  Service,  1977)..    A
 detailed list covering the different effluent  standards  set
 by  USEPA under the 1977  amendments can  be found  in  Doneker
 and Jirka (1989).

     A  new  class  of  effluent  standards  called  "best
 conventional  pollution   control  technology"   (BCT)  were
 created for conventional pollutants.   Cost consideration
 could be taken  into  account by USEPA  in determining BCT
 effluent regulations  for conventional pollutants, but not
 for nonconventional pollutants or  toxics.    On  the other
 hand,  "best  available  technology economically achievable"
 (BAT)  effluent  limitations  which require a high pollutant
 percentage removal and a high cost in the reduction process,
 apply to nonconventional  and toxic pollutants.  A variance
 provision for BAT  standards for nonconventional pollutants
 is  contained in section  301  (g)  of the Act.   With State
 approval,  this  provision gives authority to  the USEPA  to
 expand effluent standards for nonconventional pollutants  on
 the condition that it will not  interfere with water quality
 standards or public health (for further details, see Doneker
 and Jirka  1989).

 1,1.2  The  Concept  of Mixing Zone

 1.1.2.1  Mixing Zone; Regulations and Development

     The  mixing zone  concept is .defined as  an  allocated
 impact  zone where  water quality standards can be exceeded
 as long as acutely toxic conditions are prevented.  A mixing
 zone  is defined  as a  limited area  or volume  where  the
 initial  dilution  of  a  discharge  occurs   (Water  Quality
 Standards Handbook, 1982).  The water quality standards have
 to  be met at the mixing  zone boundary  but  not within the
mixing zone itself.

    The mixing zone requirements established by USEPA state
that  "the area or volume of an individual zone or group of

-------
zones  be  limited  to  an  area  or  volume  as  small  as
practicable that will  not interfere with the designated uses
or with  the  established community of  aquatic  life  in the
segment for which the uses are designated" and the shape be
"a simple configuration that is easy to locate in the body
of  water  ".    The  USEPA  has  published  guidelines  for
additional  requirements  (such  as  avoidance  of  settling
materials,  debris,  etc.)  that  should be  met within any
mixing zone.

    The proposed rules for mixing zones recognize the State
has discretion whether or not to adopt  a mixing zone and to
specify  its dimensions.   USEPA allows  the  use of a mixing
zone in permit applications except where one is prohibited
in State  regulations.   Typically,  State standards require
that  water quality  criteria be met  at the edge  of the
regulatory mixing zone in order to provide a continuous zone
of free passage that meets water quality criteria for free-
swimming  and  drifting organisms  and to prevent impairment
of critical resource areas.  Actual mixing zone definitions
are established on basis of a downstream distance, or plume
width or cross-sectional area or plume surface area or other
criteria  depending on the type of water body.   A summary of
mixing zone definitions is found in USEPA Technical Guidance
Manual  (USEPA,  1984,  see  also Doneker  and Jirka, 1989).

1.1.2.2  Special  Mixing  Zone Requirements For Toxic
Substances

    When dealing with toxic discharges,  the USEPA  advises
careful  mixing  evaluation in order to prevent  areas of
chronic  toxicity that extend for large distances because of
poor  mixing.   Two regulatory criteria  for toxic substances
are  maintained  by  USEPA, these are:  a  criterion  maximum
concentration (CMC)  for protecting against acute  or lethal
effects;  and  a criterion continuous concentration (CCC) for
protecting against  chronic  effects.    The  CCC  is  less
restrictive  but must  be  met  at  the edge  of  the  same
regulatory mixing zone   specified  for  conventional and
nonconventional discharges.

     The key  aspect for the CMC  criterion is  that  the CMC
must be  met  within a  short  distance  from the outfall  in
 order to  prevent lethal  concentrations of  toxics in the
 regulatory mixing  zone.   One  requirement  for  the  toxic
 dilution zone  (TDZ)  is that a  minimum exit velocity  of  3
 meters per second (10 feet per second) must be met in order
 to provide sufficiently  rapid  mixing which will  minimize
 organism exposure time to toxic  material.   Other geometric
'restrictions for a TDZ are required (for  example,  the CMC
 must be met within 10%  of the distance from the edge of the
 outfall structure to the edge of the regulatory mixing zone
 in any spacial direction, and the CMC should be met within
 50 times the  discharge length scale for  each  multiport

-------
 nozzle), and are discussed in the Technical Support Document
 for Water Quality-based Toxics Control (USEPA, 1985).

 1.1.3 Regulatory Practice

 ^  f" order to discharge any pollutant into watercourses.
 the discharge must obtain a permit issued under the National
 Pollution Discharge Elimination System  (NPDES).  The permit
 is  structured  to  insure  that  the discharge  meets  all
 applicable standards.

     In order to implement the mixing zone requirements, it
 is necessary  for  the applicant  to predict  the  discharge
 initial dilution and the mixing zone characteristics. Given
 the  large  number   of  possible  combinations  of  ambient
 environments,   discharge   conditions,   and   mixing  zone
 locations,  the  analyst  must possess  substantial  skill
 training,  and expertise  in order  to  pursue  accurate  and
 reliable effluent mixing  analysis.

     In general, effluent  mixing is  induced  by  different
 mechanisms_ along the discharge  trajectory.    In the "near
 field' region  of the discharge, jet-induced entrainment can
 provide dilution, and further downstream in the "far field"
 the discharge velocity decreases and ambient  diffusion is
 tne main mechanism  for mixing.

     As  an   alternative   to  mathematical   models,   the
 determination  of pollutant concentrations can be achieved
 in two ways,  either  by physical measurement  for existing
 2}?? ?SrS'*°r bY *« non-P°Hutant  tracer injection which
 will  indicate  an effluent dilution.  These studies  require
 specialized  field trained personnel and require extensive
 errort and time.

     For these reasons and due  to  the complexity  of  the
 physical mixing processes, permit writers are  increasingly
 relying on mathematical models  to  analyze  the transport
 behavior of pollutants (Tait, 1984).  However, many  of  the
 present models are very specialized and give precise results
 only  for particular cases.   A few  models  which have been
 nSmSPe™^r  dialution   Prediction are,  PLUME,  OUTPLM,
 DHKPLM, MERGE, and  LINE  (see Mullenhoff,  et. al., 1985).

 1.1.4  The  Role of  Expert Systems in Mixing arm* Analysis

    Available predictive models vary from simple analytical
 equations to intricate numerical solutions to  differential
 equations.    The  USEPA  (Mullenhoff,  et.  al.,  1985)   has
published advice on the use  of  such models,  but often  the
user_ has  little detailed  guidance  for model  choice  and
applicability.  An  example  of this may be  seen in use of
USEPA models  which may violate the assumption of an infinite

-------
receiving environment.  The plume actually may become bottom
attached or may be vertically completely mixed.

    Also, after running the model,  the  user is  faced with
the problem of analyzing the results.  This task can be very
challenging   for   the   inexperienced  user  due   to  its
complexity.  In summary, the user must be an  "expert1' in the
interpretation of the model results, and  must understand the
limitations of the models.  It  is  expensive and costly to
train all potential users to become experts in this field,
and for this purpose the development of expert systems would
be helpful and efficient.

    Expert systems mimic the logic  that  an expert might use
in solving a given problem.  As cited in  (Doneker and Jirka,
1989) ,  "an  expert system  is a structured computer program
that uses knowledge and inference procedures obtained from
experts  for solving  a  particular type or class  of problem
called a 'domain' ".  This knowledge base employs reasoning
procedures similar to those used by an expert when anlayzing
the problem.                              .

    Expert  systems  possess  great  utility  for  solving
environmental  science  problems.  As mentioned by Barnwell
et  al.   (1986),  several  preconditions  must be  satisfied
before  using  this  technology.    Those  preconditions  are
related to having a restricted well defined  problem domain,
a logical knowledge base for solving a problem, and finally
an appropriate formalization of concepts compatible with the
shell used.

    Expert  systems can be a powerful tool for the analyst
if these requirements  are satisfied.  The analysis .and the
simulation  of the effluent mixing problem satisfy these
preconc, ..tions   because  the  mixing  zone  processes  are
hydrodynamically  well  defined.

    A  final justification for the  expert systems approach
for  multiport  diffuser  analysis   can   be   found  in  the
implemention  of  such  a  system  in analyzing  single port
discharges  in ambient water (Doneker and Jirka,  1989).  The
system  has  been  found  to  be very successful  in its ability
to  predict mixing  characteristics  for complex  problems,
involving   a   large   variety  of   discharge/environmental
conditions.                                    '  '

1.2  CORMIX2;  An Expert System for Mixing Zone Analysis of
Multiport Diffuser Discharges

1.2.1 Scope and  Objective

     The purpose  of this study is to create a tool  for the
analysis and design  of  submerged  multiport   diffusers
discharges  into ambient receiving  environments,  including

-------
 the cases of positively  or negatively buoyant discharges
 issuing into stratified  or non-stratified flowing , water-
 courses.    Furthermore,  the limitations  of  a neutrally
 buoyant discharge and of a stagnant ambient are included.
 The_ expert  system will  be labeled CORMIX2,  for  Cornell
 Mixing   Zone Expert   System,  Subsystem   2.    The  first
 subsystem,  CORMIX1  (Doneker &  Jirka,  1989),  deals with
 single  port  discharges into water-courses.

    The objective of the expert system  is to provide the
 analyst with accurate and reliable  predictions  of discharge
 mixing  processes.  The expert system should be  easy, and  it
 should  provide  the analyst  with detailed information and
 advice  regarding the initial mixing for a discharge  design.

    It  is very difficult to create  a system that applies  to
 every conceivable  mixing  zone and discharge configuration.
 However,  the goal of  the present  study is  to develop  an
 expert  system that works  for  better than  80% of  typical
 diffuser discharges, ranging from simple to fairly  complex
 cases.  The rest of the cases may require  a  specialist using
 either  sophisticated  numerical modeling  or   a  detailed
 hydraulic model study.

 1.2.2 Summary of Present Study

    The expert   system  CORMIX2   is  applicable  to  the
 prediction  of  mixing  behavior  of  multiport  diffusers
 emphasizing discharge geometry, the characteristics of the
 legal mixing zone (LMZ) ,  and  the  zone of toxic dilution
 (TDZ).     CORMIX2  collects  all   input   data,  conducts
 hydrodynamic analyses, summarizes dilution characteristics
 including  any  legal   regions  if  specified,   and   finally
 recommends  design changes  in order  to  improve  dilution
 characteristics.

    ^Since its emphasis is on initial mixing mechanisms with
 their short  time  scales,  CORMIX2  assumes  a conservative
 pollutant or tracer in the effluent.   Thus, any physical,
 chemical,  biological  reaction,  or decay processes  are
 neglected.  However, if first-order processes are assumed,
 the predictive results can be readily converted to include
 such processes (see Section 5.4).                   ;

    Detailed explanations  and descriptions of  CORMIX2 are
 presented in the  following chapters.   Chapter II presents
 both the hydrodynamic flow processes occurring in effluent
 mixing  and  the  hydrodynamic  flow  classification.    The
 hydrodynamic  flow processes  are related  to  the  various
 stages  of mixing  of buoyant multiport  diffuser discharges
 in the  ambient  water.   The  flow classification describes
the  interaction   processes controlling   the  near-field
discharge mixing.
                            6

-------
    Chapter III describes the overall system structure and
the various program elements of CORMIX2.

    Chapter IV covers  the  detailed hydrodynamic protocols
used to simulate the model.

    Chapter V is devoted to the validation of CORMIX2 with
experimental and field  data.  The chapter also presents some
applications  through  design  case  studies  in  order  to
illustrate the flexibility and limitations of CORMIX2.

    Chapter VI summarizes CORMIX2 capability and performance
and  presents  recommendations  and suggestions  for future,
improvements of CORMIX2.

-------
                        Chapter II

      Hydrodynamic  Processes and Plow Classification
2.1  Introduction

     The  key  ingredient  for a predictive expert system must
be the study and understanding of the hydrodynamic processes
occurring  in the  environment,  including  the interaction
between  the  discharge  configuration  and  the  ambient
environment.

     The hydrodynamics of an effluent continuously discharged
into water bodies can be conceptualized as  a mixing process
occurring in two separate zones (Figure 2.1).  In the first
region,  called  the  "near-field",  the  initial  multiport
diffuser momentum flux,  buoyancy flux,  and  outfall geometry
control  the  diffuser  plume  trajectory  and its  mixing
characteristics.     This  region   covers   the   multiport
diffuser^s  subsurface  flow  and  any  surface and  bottom
interaction,  or in the case of a  stratified ambient,  the
terminal layer  interaction.

     Further downstream (away from the source) ,  the multiport
diffuser geometry becomes less  important, and  hence ambient
conditions  will control  the  mixing  characteristics  and
trajectory  through buoyant motions  and passive  diffusion
due  to ambient turbulence. This region is  called the "far-
field" .

     The  mixing  processes  in  this  study are treated in two
steps:_ classification  of  flows   based on   length  scale
analysis, discussed in  section  2.3,  and predictive models
for  each flow zone  covered in section 2.4.
2.2 Physical Conditions

    The general ambient environment is complex arid sometimes
difficult   to  model   due  to   complicated  topographic
conditions.    A  simple  configuration  or  schematization
representing  the ambient  geometry  is  introduced  in  the
expert system CORMIX2.   Other difficulties are a. stratified
ambient  and current effects which  further  complicate  the
modelling  process,   and  therefore  need some  simplifying
assumptions.                     .

    Similarly,  diffuser  geometries  may exhibit  a  great
degree of complexity.  Therefore, restrictions to simplified
generic types have been made in CORMIX2.

-------
Plan View
Side View
                           c
                           a
                           u
                                  Far Field
      Illustrative  Near Field  and  Far Field  of  Submerged
      Buoyant Discharge
Figure 2.1
Illustrative Near-Field and Far-Field Regions
of  Submerged Positively  Buoyant Discharge:
An  Example of  Unidirectional Perpendicular
Diffuser  in  Unstratified  Ambient  Water  and
Without Bottom Attachment.

-------
 a.a.i ambient Conditions

     Ambient conditions are defined by the hydrographic and
 the geometric conditions in the vicinity of the discharge
 For  this purpose,  typical cross-sections  normal to  the
 ambient  flow  direction  at the discharge site  and further
 downstream need  to  be considered.  CORMIX2  considers  two
 cases  of  cross-sections:  bounded  and  unbounded  cross-
 sections.  A bounded  cross-section  is  defined  as a cross-
 section  having both sided bounded  by  banks -  as rivers
 streams, narrow  estuaries, and other narrow watercourses!
 An unbounded cross-section represents a discharge which is
 located close to one  boundary while the  other  boundary is
 for practical purposes very far away (e.g.  discharges into
 wide lakes, estuaries, and coastal areas).
 2.2,1.1 Ambient Geometry
 2.2.1.1.1 Bounded Cross-Section

     The methodology  assumes a rectangular  cross-section
 (Figure 2.2)  that is defined by a width and a depth both of
 which are constant in the downstream direction following the
 ambient flow.  This schematization may be quite evident -for
 well-channeled and regular rivers or artificial  channels.
 For highly irregular cross-sections,  it may require  more
 judgement and experience to  define water-courses  geometrv
 One way of achieving this is  by the  repeated use of  the
 program so that  the user can appreciate  the  sensitivity of
 the results .

     In order to  measure the roughness characteristics  in
 the channel, the value of the Manning "n»,  or alternatively
 of   the  Darcy-Weisbach  friction  factor  »f»,  must   be
 S^S1?3"6?;  2^eSie Param.eters influence the mixing process
 only in the final far-field  stage.
2.2,1.1.2 Unbounded Cross-Section
,o™i                 c and 9eoi*etric information is
closely related to the bounded case.  CORMIX2 will conduct
its  analysis by  assuming an  "equivalent cross-sectional
area" defined  by  depth,  by distance from one  bank to ?he
discharge position, and by ambient velocity.
2.2.1.2 ambient Currents

   t Ambient currents are usually encountered in the ambient
environment.  CORMIX2 will  assume a uniform ambient current
and will not deal with complicated representation of current
                           10

-------
patterns,   including   shear   effects   and  other   non-
uniformities .

    Data  related to  the ambient  flow condition must  be
available either as  an average ambient velocity  or  as  an
ambient discharge.
2.2.1.3 Stratification Effects

    A variation  of density with  respect to the  depth is
common  in  many  water  bodies.    For  example,  seasonal
temperature conditions can  affect  the  density  and lead to
stratification of the ambient  environment.    Also  often,
ambient density  stratification plays an important role in
discharge  design  objectives.    For  example,  in  sewage
discharges the prevention of plume rise to the water surface
can be  accomplished by  internal  trapping induced  by the
density gradient.

    The methodology considers four cases of density profiles
which are shown in Figure 2.3.   The user must choose among
the four profiles the one that best fits the actual ambient
profile.  The four profiles are:

Stratification Type A: The density varies linearly between
top and bottom.

Stratification Type B: There is an upper mixed layer with
uniform density,  a  sudden density  jump at an intermediate
level, the so-called pycnocline (thermocline),  and a lower
layer with uniform density.

Stratification Type C: There is an upper mixed layer with
a uniform density, a sudden  density jump, and a lower layer
in which  the density varies linearly  down to  the  bottom
value.

Stratification Type D: There is an upper mixed layer with
uniform density.   At  an intermediate level,  the density
begins to vary linearly down to the bottom value.

In each type, a linear buoyancy gradient e is defined as

    e = - (g/pa)dpydz                                  (2.1)

where

    g : gravitational acceleration,
    Pi  : ambient  density  (reference value),
           :  ambient density gradient.
                            11

-------
          Nearest Bank
                                         Cross-Section
                                                  0, u0. AA,, c,
                                                    '(>• To- -0
 Figure 2.2
  Definition  Diagram  for  Multiport  Diffuser
  Discharge Geometry  in  Ambient  Channel with
  Rectangular Cross-Section.   Width W  of the
  Water Body may be  Finite or Unlimited.
                  H
                              h
                               int
         © Linear
         Two-Layer
Figure  2.3
.Representative Stable Density Profiles (Four
?oo^lf 1Cati°n TyPes)  (Ref. Doneker and Jirka,
1989).
                               12

-------
2.2.2 Discharge Conditions

    Discharge conditions are related to the discharge flow
characteristics, the geometry  of  the discharge structure,
and the flow parameters.

2.2.2.1 Diffuser Geometry

    The  discharge geometry  is defined  by the  multiport
diffuser.  A multiport diffuser  is a structure consisting
of many closely  spaced ports or  nozzles which  inject a
series  of high  velocity turbulent jets into the receiving
water.    One  can distinguish  among  two  forms  of  port
openings, a simple pipe with port openings  (holes  in the
pipe), or a pipe with attached risers leading to the actual
port  or nozzle  (with the possibility of multiple ports for
each  riser).  The diffuser installation can consist of the
diffuser pipe laid on  the bottom, half buried in a trench,
or deeply buried, or a tunnel below the bottom.

    A summary  of  all  schematic ambient  and  discharge
characteristics  is shown  in Figure  2.2.   The  following
variables define the diffuser geometry:,

    LD = diffuser length.
   * N = number of diffuser openings  (ports or nozzles).
    a  = LD/(N-1) = average port spacing.
    D = port (or nozzle) diameter.
    h0 = port height above bottom.
    e  = vertical discharge angle.
    a   = horizontal discharge offset angle.
    7   = alignment angle.
    /3   = orientation angle.

    The general multiport diffuser arrangement together with
its  important  geometric features is  shown  in  Figure 2.4.
Multiport diffusers can have a large amount of geometric
detail.  Each geometric parameter can play an important role
in  the flow behavior.  For  example,  a  variation  of the
horizontal port orientation  angle,  ft.,  can induce a change
in the discharge trajectory.  Three major types  of multiport
diffuser  geometries,  each with  highly  different  mixing
behavior, have  evolved in actual engineering practice: the
unidirectional, staged. and alternating diffuser (see Figure
2.5).   These diffuser  types are classified mainly based on
their angle  orientation relative to  the diffuser axis ft.
In the  unidirectional  diffuser, all  the ports point in the
same  direction perpendicular to the diffuser axis  (ft = 90°) .
In  the staged  diffuser, the  ports all  point  in  the same
direction  parallel to the  diffuser axis  (ft =  0°) .  In the
alternating  diffuser,  the   ports  are  arranged  in  an
alternating fashion  and point in opposite directions  (ft  =
± 90°) .  The unidirectional and the staged diffusers possess
a net horizontal  momentum  input with a tendency to  induce
                            13

-------
      Side view
           p''pe//ne
      Plan view
                                                   biff user axis
Figure 2.4
Submerged   Multipart  Diffuser:     General
Discharge Configuration  (Adapted from JirkS,
              1982) .

-------
         EC       1
                          i?
                          <
                        0S 90°
             Without  control
    a) Unidirectional diffuser, 0 ^ o°
                        1
                                    Control: Fanned design
                                   - —
                                   Lo
                                         /3>0°
                                             = 0°
                                         (3>0°
    b) Staged diffuser,  00= 0°
Figure  2.5
Schematic Plan Views  of Three Major Diffuser
Types,  a)  Unidirectional Diffuser, b) Staged
Diffuser,  c)  Alternating Diffuser.    Any of
those diffusers may have  a variable alignment
7 relative to the ambient current.

-------
•I  I Hi  1  n  111-  r<4
                                        = ±90°


                                         90°
         .1  -1  .  1  .  t
                 I    1    "  t
           "
         loo o  o  o  o  o  o  o  o
90 < 90°
                                      Vertical
                                        o



                                        o
                                        o
                                               > ^
                                                 o
 \ \M 1
 / //? /
                             \ \
Control:

 Fanned design



a - ± cot'1 (± 'c
     c) Alternating diffuser,  da - variable
Figure 2.5     (Continued)
                              16

-------
currents within  the  ambient water body.   The alternating
diffuser has a zero  net  horizontal  momentum,  and a lesser
tendency to generate currents and circulations.

    Of course, there are variations on the basic theme for
each  of  the  three diffuser   types.   A  few  of  these
possibilities are shown on. Figure 2.5.  For example, there
may be  double or triple  port arrangements  (with  a small
internal angle) for both unidirectional or staged diffusers,
and the port orientation  angle  ft may differ somewhat from
the nominal value, ~ 90°  or  =»  0°, respectively.  Or in case
of the  alternating  diffuser, there  may  be  multiple port
assemblies for each  riser with several ports arranged in a
circular fashion. A  special case of an alternating diffuser
is a  diffuser  with  a vertical  discharge, possessing zero
horizontal momentum  input.

    Furthermore,  the designer can exercise some control over
the  behavior of the discharge plume  and  other  induced
circulations in the ambient  water body.  This is especially
important for diffuser discharges into shallow water that
are prone  to vertical  instabilities  (see  Section 2.3.1)
leading  to  concentrated  high  velocity  diffuser  plumes.
These concentrated flows can be controlled if the diffuser
nozzles have a "fanned design" with a variable orientation
angle along the diffuser
                                                     (2.2)
                           D
in which y* is the distance measured  from the diffuser mid-
point.  A variable nozzle orientation with control according
to Eq. 2.2 has been shown (Jirka  and  Harleman, 1973; Jirka,
1982) to improve diffuser mixing while reducing the strength
of diffuser induced velocities in the ambient water.body.
    Many  of   those   diffuser  design  possibilities
addressed in the input element of CORMIX2.
are
    The effectiveness of each type of diffuser will further
depend on the direction of the ambient current relative to
the diffuser  axis  called the alignment angle 7.   One can
discern two extreme cases:(1) Perpendicular alignment  (7 =
90°) ,  (2)  and  Parallel alignment  (7 *  0°) .
2.2.2.2 Flow Parameters

    The general  diffuser  flow field is,  of course, three-
dimensional.   However,  for near-field mixing analyses the
two-dimensional  flow  parameters  are dynamically relevant.

                            17

-------
 For this purpose, the details of individual discharge jets
 with port diameter D and spacing SL are neglected and
                                            T-«2
 replaced by an equivalent slot width B = —|j— on the basis

 of equivalency of momentum flux  per unit  diffuser length.
 This concept  has been discussed  by  Jirka  (1982) ,  and by
 Jirka and Akar (1991),  and has been shown to be an accurate
 dynamic representation.   The main parameters for the two-
 dimensional slot discharge are, the diffuser total flowrate
 Q0,  and the  discharge buoyancy  g'0.   This  leads  to  the
 following flux parameters (per unit diffuser length),  all
 expressed in kinematic units

     g0 =  QO/LD  = volume flux  (flowrate) .

     w<. = q0u0   = u02B = momentum flux.

     Jo = q0g'0   = u0g'0B = buoyancy flux.

 in which

     uo  = Qo/(An)  = port velocity.

     A«   = 7rD2/4 = port cross-sectional area.

     <3Ia - g(pa -  Po)//>a - buoyant acceleration.

     Po  = discharge density.
2.3 Hydrodynamic Mixing  Processes

    As  discussed previously in  Section 2.1, the  effluent
mixing process is divided into two regions (the near and far
field).
2.3.1 Near-Field Processes

    The  essential  feature of the near-field of a  diffuser
discharge  is  given by buoyant jet mixing.   In a  jet,  the
high velocity of  the efflux flow rapidly entrains ambient
fluid causing a high degree  of  dilution.   The additional
effect  of  buoyancy can,  depending  on  the  direction  of
buoyancy  (acting upward or downward), further  increase the
mixing intensity.  Ambient currents and stratification have
a further  influence on the jet mixing process.

    An  important  aspect of  the  near-field  dynamics  of
multiport   diffuser  is  the  determination  under   what
combinations  of discharge and ambient characteristics  the
near-field will be stable or unstable (see Figure 2.6).   As
explained by Jirka  (1982), a near-field for buoyant
                           18

-------
0  en

§  |


I  »
"**   D
s   pl

I   i
s   ^
—   73
U   -


-   g
5

g-
53
          \
>>
y

§,
o

o


6
                              c
                              O)
   T3



   "5
                              >



                              O
                              c
                              u
                                        ^3 I^  •*
                                        0) C  O
                                        O (C   -
                                               (Q
                                          (H
   O
  r-l
        (S

        H


2 ST>5

oJ | ®  3
•H X ^  (0

 I    ".p  W

2 " (0  fi

S   ^


««8*
^ ^ 5   ""
_f^ it I

(0 -H O   *
ti Q-p  a
M   C  i-H 4->
W A Q W
                                        ni


                                        0)
                                        M
                                        •H

-------
 discharges is stable when a buoyant surface layer is formed
 which does  not communicate with  the initial  buoyant jet
 zone.   An  unstable near  field is  defined whenever the
 layered  flow  structure  breaks  down  in  the  discharge
 vicinity,  resulting  in recirculating  zones  or  mixing over
 the entire water depth (see Figure 2.6).

     The stability criterion for the near-field region of a
 buoyant diffuser  discharge  in  a  stagnant  unstratified
 ambient is given by the interplay of momentum flux, buoyancy
 flux, and  water depth H (Jirka, 1979,  1982)
     m0/(j02/3H) = C/(l + cos2*)2
(2.3a)
 where all  the  parameters involved  were  defined in  the
 previous section  and  C  is  a constant.    If  an  ambient
 crossflow ^ exists   in  the   environment,   then   another
 destabilizing factor  is  introduced,  the ambient  momentum
 flux per unit  length, ma =  u/H,  where ua  is the  ambient
 current.   The additional effect of cross-flow of  velocity
 u, can be represented  by an additional  parameter ma/(j02/3 H)
 which is added  to  the previous stabilty equation.   Hence
 the   stability  criterion   for  the   near  field   of   a
 perpendicular diffuser discharge  into a flowing water body
 is given by Jirka  (1982)  as
    m0/(j02/3H)  + (m, + m0 cos* ) / (J02/3H) = C
(2.3b)
As  examples,  the application of those criteria  (Eqs.  2.3a
and b) to municipal  and  industrial wastewater  diffusers in
coastal  waters in which the effluent possesses  freshwater
density usually indicates a stable regime.  On the contrary,
thermal  diffusers operate  with and usually  in very  high
flowrates, with a small density difference less deep water,
and thus an  unstable regime  will  be present.    Detailed
analysis of the stability criterion and further applications
are discussed  in Jirka  (1982).

    Stable discharge conditions can also  be referred to as
atdiffuser operating in  deep water ("stable or deep water
diffuser")  while unstable  conditions indicate  a  shallow
water  condition  ("unstable  or shallow  water diffuser").
This terminology is  used interchangeably  in the following.
The related near-field equations for trajectory and dilution
of  deep and shallow cases will be presented in  Section  2.6.

2.3.2 Far-Field Processes

    The far field zone begins after the flow interacts  with
the water  surface,   pycnocline, or  bottom.   This zone  is
composed of one or two regions, depending on the discharge
characteristics.  In the1 general  case,  the flow possesses
enough buoyancy and thus  a region of buoyant spreading  will

-------
be established followed by a passive diffusion region.  The
region of surface/pycnocline/bottom spreading is represented
by  horizontal  dynamic  spreading  and  gradual  vertical
thinning of the flow after  interaction with the surface as
described by Roberts  (1979)  and by  Koh and Brooks  (1975).
In the present situation, occurrence of boundary interaction
may be  possible,  and hence the  flow may become laterally
fully mixed in the bounded  sections.

    In  the  region of  passive diffusion, the  dilution is
mainly controlled by the presence of turbulent mixing in the
flowing ambient water body.   Again boundary interaction may
occur, and the flow may become both laterally and vertically
fully mixed  in  this  region.  For cases  of  non-buoyant or
weakly buoyant flow,  buoyant spreading will not be present
and only passive  diffusion  will  take place.   For the case
of stagnant ambient,  the far field zone will be ignored due
to the absence of any advection.

    For  the case of  a near-field jet  flow  trapped  by
linearly stratified ambient,  the far field  is  composed of
two  regions:  internal  buoyant  spreading,   and  passive
diffusion.  The  internal buoyant spreading  behaves in the
same way as the  surface  buoyant spreading except that the
spreading occurs  at the  terminal layer  rather  than at the
water surface.   The passive diffusion has the same charac-
teristics as the unstratified case with a reduced vertical
mixing due to the damping effect  of ambient stratification.
2.4 Length Scales Definitions

    Length scales are used to describe the relative impor-
tance of  discharge momentum flux, buoyancy  flux,  ambient
crossflow, and density  stratification  in controlling flow
behavior, especially in  the near-field.  The equivalent slot
concept is used in the  following considerations.
2.4.1 Jet to Crossflow Length Scale

    When an ambient crossflow of velocity ua is present, the
plane jet with perpendicular alignment will be deflected as
shown in Figure 2.7b.   The behavior of the jet in that case
is related to  the  momentum flux and  to  the  crossflow.  In
order to  find  the  distance to the position  where  the jet
becomes  affected  by  the  crossflow,  one  can obtain  from
dimensional analysis a jet/crossflow length scale lm
    lm = m0/ua2
(2.4)
Using this length scale together with the distance along the
trajectory  s,  one can  deduce that  for s/lm « O(l)  the
initial plane jet momentum flux per unit length will control

-------
                 Transition
     Ua =

     € =0
                                         Plume-like
        a)  Buoyant  Plane  Jet in Stagnant  Uniform Environment
    u,
    e=0
                           Transition
        Strongly Deflected Jet

Weakly Deflected Jet
        b)  Plane Jet in Uniform Cross-flow
Figure 2.7     Examples of Combined Effects of Momentum Flux,
               Buoyancy Flux, Crossflux, and Density Strati-
               fication on Flow Behavior.

-------
                                   Transition
                                            Density current
         c) Plane  Jet in  Stagnant Stratified  Ambient
                                            Density current

                                                     •V
                                                     X
                                         Plume-like
         d) Plane  Plume  in  Stagnant  Stratified Ambient
Figure  2.7     (Continued)

-------
 the flow, and for s/lm » O(l)  the crossflow velocity will
 have more influence on the plane jet behavior.


 2.4.2 Jet to Plume Length Scale

     Flows, in general, contain both momentum and buoyancy.
 Initially, the momentum controls the flow until the buoyant
 acceleration overcomes the momentum factor  and ultimately
 dominates the  flow.    The distance  at which  there is  a
 transition between momentum domination to buoyancy control
 in a stagnant environment,  is represented by  a  jet/plume
 length scale (see Figure  2.7a)  1M
             2/3
                                                      (2.5)
 Thus,  for s/lM « O(l) the flow behavior will be controlled
 by momentum and  for s/lM » o(l) the flow will be dominated
 by buoyancy.
 2.4.3  Jet/Stratification Length  Scale

    When the additional effect of ambient stratification is
 introduced, other  important  length  scales will  be  involved
 in  the analysis.  In the case  of a stagnant ambient,  the
 length scale describing  the  height  of rise of a nonbuoyant
 jet in a stratified fluid is related to the momentum  flux
 and the  buoyancy  gradient   e   (see  Figure  2.7c).    The
 jet/stratification length scale  is  given dimensionally by
       1.    ... 1/3
     »' =  (m0/s)1/3                                     (2.6)

    As explained by Wright (1977),  the combined effect of
 stratification  and crossflow will  introduce  two  limiting
 possibilities  in  either  the momentum  dominated  jet  or
 buoyancy  dominated plume: either the jet  is  still weakly
 deflected when it reaches its maximum height of rise or  else
 it will be significantly bent over until the stratification
 causes it to stop rising.   The ratio  of  lm'/lm  «  O(l)
 indicates  that  the nonbuoyant jet  will  reach its maximum
 height of rise in  the strongly deflected stage.
2.4.4 Plume/Stratification Length Scale

    In the  case of  a  stagnant ambient, the  length scale
describing  the height  of  rise  of  a  buoyant plume  in a
stratified  fluid, is related  to  the buoyancy  flux and the
buoyancy gradient e  (see Figure  2.7d).  This  length l'b is
defined as
V = Jc
                                                     (2.7)
                            24

-------
For  a  vertical distance  of ?/!„'  «  O(l)  the  effect of
density stratification on plume behavior will be negligible.
2.4.5 Crossflow/Stratification Length Scale

    When reaching the maximum elevation, a near vertical jet
will still possess some vertical momentum which causes the
jet to rise above the neutral buoyant position, but it will
face back due to its negative buoyancy.  Thus, an oscilla-
tion  of the  flow  with decreasing  amplitude will  occur
(Wright, 1977).   The length scale la  associated  with this
flow  behavior  is  characterized  by  an  interaction  of
crossflow and stratification
J/2
                                                      (2.8)
2.4.6 Additional Comments

    It  is  interesting to note that  no plume to crossflow
length  scale  can be defined-on dimensional ground for the
two-dimensional plume.   This  is  in contrast to the three-
dimensional round  plume (Doneker and  Jirka,  1989).   This
arises  from the  fact that  the vertical velocity of a two-
dimensional  plume  is  constant,  ~  J01/3,  leading  in  the
presence of a constant crossflow to a straight  line trajec-
tory.   Thus,  no distinction of a plume region  can be made.
However, it is possible to  define a non-dimensional parame-
ter J0/ua3 whose magnitude will be a measure  of  the slope of
that  trajectory  (see Section 2.6.1.1.5).   This parameter
jo/ua3  is the inverse of a Froude number defined by Roberts
 (1977) .

    The multiport geometry controls the flow in the  initial
region  after the discharge.  For a  strictly  two-dimensional
equivalent  slot  diffuser a length scale  lq can be defined
from  its volume and momentum  flux,

                                                      (2.9)

which is  identical  to  the equivalent  slot width,  lq = B.
The  actual multiport geometry,  however, overshadows this
length  scale, as the merging distance for the  individual
three-dimensional jets is typically considerably larger than
 2.5  Hvdrodynamic Flow Classification

     In this section,  a rigorous flow classification scheme
 is developed that classifies any given discharge/environment
 situation into one of several flow classes with  distinct
 hydrodynamic features.   The  classification scheme  places

-------
 major emphasis on the near-field behavior of the discharge
 and  uses the  length scale  concept as  a  measure  of the
 influence of each potential mixing process.  Flow behavior
 in the far-field, mostly  in  the form of boundary interac-
 tions, is also discussed herein.                      ,


 2.5.1 Near-Field Flow Classification

     The objective of the  hydrodynamic  flow classification
 is to predict  for a  given discharge/ambient situation the
 type of flow configuration that will occur.  Once a reliable
 classification has been  established,  it becomes much easier
 to provide actual predictions for flow properties, including
 pollutant concentration distributions,  within the distinct
 hydrodynamic zones pertaining to each flow class.

     The  present  flow  classification procedure  uses  the
 length scale concept.  The dynamic length scales character-
 izing the discharge are  summarized in Table 2.1.  There are
 five major  length  scales based on  the  two-dimensional
 properties (per unit length)  of  the  jet:  lm,  1M, im', I/,
 and la.  In addition,  if  the diffuser is seen globally (over
 its entire  length)  then additional  length scales  can  be
 defined based on the three-dimensional bulk variables, total
 momentum  flux M,,  = ng^  and total buoyancy flux J0  =  j^.
 These definitions are,  on dimensional  grounds,  entirely
 analogous to the round buoyant jet (Doneker and Jirka, 1989)
 and are  also  included   in Table 2.1.   All these  lengths
 interact  with  the geometric features of the ambient water
 body,  its depth H and its stratification parameter  e, and
 with  the  geometry properties of the diffuser, mainly the
 angles  7,  and  0.

    Thus,  in total, a large number of length scales plus two
 angles seem to influence the near field  flow configuration.
 Therefore, this means that there exist  a wide variety  of
 flow configurations that may occur in environmental applica-
 tions.  The classification procedure presented  below yields
 31  generic flow configurations.   The  actual number of  flow
 classes  that  can be modeled  with  the  full predictive
 methodology  (Chapter  IV)  is  considerably larger (at least
 twice as many)  since each of the 31 generic flow classes may
 apply to  a layer  corresponding  to the full water depth  or
 to  the region below a pycnocline.


 2.5.1.1  General Procedure

    The flow classification is a 12 step procedure that  is
 summarized in Table 2.2.  This procedure is used to  deter-
mine which flow class within the three major  flow categories
the given  discharge  will  exhibit.   The three major flow
categories are: i) flows affected by linear stratification
                            26

-------
Table 2.1
Summary  of  Length   Scales  Applicable  for
Multiport Diffuser
A)  Based on Two-Dimensional Slot Parameters:
    lq  = goY^o = B = discharge geometric scale  (Eq. 2.9).
    lm  = m0/ua2 - plane jet/crossflow scale  (Eq.  2.4).
    IM  = m0/j02/3 = plane jet/plane plume scale  (Eq.  2.5).
    lm' = (m0/e)1/3 = plane jet/ stratification scale  (Eq.
                       2.6).
    I/ = j01/3/s1/2 = plane plume/stratification scale (Eq.
                       2.7)  .
    la  = uys1/2 = crossf low/ stratification scale (Eq.  2.8)

B)  Based on Global Three-Dimensional  Parameters:
    Lq  = Qo/M02 = discharge geometric scale.
    LO  = J0/ua3 = plume/crossflow scale.
    1^  = M^VU,,  =  jet/crossflow scale.
    1^  = Mo^/Jo172 = jet/plume  transition scale.
    L'm = (Mye)174 = jet/stratification scale.
    L'b = (JoA3/2)1/4 = plume/ stratification scale.
where: Q0 =
  , M,, =
                            and J0 =
                              27

-------
 Table  2.2      Near-Field Flow Classification Procedure
Step  1:
Step 2
Step 3;
Step 4;
          Test for density profile stability.  If the ambient
          is unstratified  or the  given stratification  is
          dynamically impossible according to a flux Richard-
          son number criterion,  approximate ambient density
          with mean value and recompute discharge parameters.
          Conclude stratification  is not important and go to
          Step 10.

          Ambient has stable density  stratification.   Check
          for density step  change.  If  the  ambient does not
          contain a  density  step  change (Types  A or  D  in
          Figure 2.1) go to Step 4.

          Ambient density  profile  contains  step  change.
          Since  the  Stratification Type is  B  or  C,  approxi-
          mate the actual lower layer stratification and the
          step change with a surrogate linear stratification
          (Figure 2.1).  Calculate surrogate gradient s* and
          surrogate  stratification length scales  1
          and lu.
                                                  '-mi  I
         Possible flow trapping in linear density stratifi-
         cation.   Test for internal layer formation  (flow
         trapping), using  the scheme outlined  in the  upper
         portion of Figure 2.8).   Use  height Hs  (H, =  H  for
         stratification type A,  and Hs = hint for  types B, C
         or D) .  If (Z, + h0)/Hs > 0(1), density stratifica-
         tion  will not  trap  flow.   Therefore conclude
         ambient density stratification  is not dynamically
         important.Approximate  ambient  density  with mean
         value, recompute  discharge parameters,  and go to
         step  10,    .

Step 5:  Stratification is  important and flow  trapping may
         occur.  If there is no density jump in the profile
         (Types A or D) go  to Step  8.

Step 6:  Test  for trapping at density  jump or in linearly
         stratified layer.   If stratification type  is C,
         perform a second test for  internal layer formation
         using the scheme outlined  in the upper portion of
         Figure 2.8 based on the actual density gradient e.
         If (Z, + h0)/Hs < O(l) , conclude the flow will become
         trapped in the linearly stratified layer below the
         density jump,  go to Step 8.
                           28

-------
Table 2.2
(continued)
Step 7:  Trapping at  the density jump  (pycnocline) .   The
         linear  stratification  below the density jump is
         dynamically unimportant.   The  effluent flow will
         be confined to  the  lower layer of Stratification
         Types B or C due to the strong density jump.  For
         Type C, approximate  linear  ambient density profile
         of lower layer with mean, and recompute discharge
         parameters.  Set Es  = h^  and go to Step 10.

Step 8:  Check for  flow  interaction with  bottom for flows
         influenced by linear density stratification.  Flow
         may  interact  with  bottom if   the  buoyancy  is
         negative or jet  is  directed downward.   If Zt  +  h0
         < 0, flow will interact with the bottom.  Proceed
         to Step 12.

Step 9:  Complete flow  classification  for buoyant  jet in
         linearly stratified layer.   Eight  flow classes
         exist   (MSI to MS8)  as shown in Figure 2.8.

Step 10: Test  for  discharge buoyancy  in uniform ambient
         density layer height Hs.  If discharge is negative-
         ly buoyant go to Step 12.

Step 11: Perform flow classification for positively buoyant
         (for neutral) jet in uniform density layer.  Nine
         major flow classes  (MU1 to MU9) exist as shown in
         Figure 2.9.

Step 12: Perform flow classification for negatively buoyant
         or downward directed jet in uniform density layer.
         Fourteen major flow classes exist (MNU1 to MNU14)
         as shown in Figure 2.10.  STOP.
                            29

-------
leading to internal trapping  (MS classes, Figure 2.8), ii)
buoyant flows in uniform ambient layers (MU classes, Figure
2.9), and iii) negatively buoyant flows in uniform ambient
layers (MNU classes, Figure 2.10).

    Even  though  a stable  ambient density profile  may be
specified for a  given  situation,  that profile may be weak
or  even  dynamically  impossible  in  the  presence  of the
destabilizing effect of an ambient flow with mean velocity
ua.  In Step 1 of Table 2.2 a  flux Richardson criterion  (see
Doneker and Jirka, 1989) is used to check for such destab-
ilization which would enforce a uniform profile.

    Steps 2 through 8 in Table 2.2 determine the effect of
ambient density  stratification (if present)  on the flow.
In general, if the predicted terminal height of rise Zt for
near-field flows is greater than the actual layer height Hs,
then  the  effect  of  the  linear  stratification will  be
unimportant and the buoyant jet will  transverse this layer
as if it were in fact of uniform density.

    If the terminal height of rise Zt is less than the layer
height Hs  additional tests (Steps 3  through  7,  Table 2.2)
are performed. In the case of a profile with a density jump
(Stratification Types  B and  C in Figure  2.1)  these tests
determine if the  flow will be trapped by the pycnocline, or,
in the case  of  Stratification Type  C,  trapped  within the
lower  density layer.    If  the flow is  trapped  by  the
pycnocline,  the   details  of  stratification  below  the
pycnocline  are  unimportant  and  the  region  below  the
pycnocline will be represented  by  a uniform density layer
in all cases.

    Step  9  is the detailed flow  classification for those
flow classes whose dynamics are  directly affected by linear
ambient stratification.  The linearly stratified layer may
extend over  the  full  water  depth  or be confined  to the
region below the  pycnocline.   Further  details on  this
classification are given in Section 2.5.1.2.

    Steps 10  to  12  examine  the  flow behavior  for  those
categories  for  which  the ambient  layer can  be take  as
uniform (either existing  or  because any stratification is
weak and dynamically unimportant compared to the discharge
fluxes) .   The detailed classification for positively buoyant
(or neutral)  discharges in such a layer is contained in Step
11 (see Section  2.5.1.3)  and for negatively  buoyant dis-
charges in Step 12 (see Section 2.5.1.4).

    The  detailed  classification  schemes  for  each  flow
category (Figures 2.8 to 2.10) are discussed in the follow-
ing sections.  It  is stressed that  all criteria presented
in this Chapter and listed on  Figure 2.8 to 2.10 are "order
of magnitude" relations.  The precise form of the criteria

                           30

-------
CO
 •
CM


-------
                                      eg

                                      0)
                                      M
                                     fa
32

-------
                                      >1 •
                                      a) 0

                                      £3
                                      
                                      I j  t I
                                      «  (0
                                      O J3
                                      •H  O
                                      
-------
  as well as the numerical constants are given in Chapter iV.


 2.5.1.2 Flow Classes MS for Linear Ambient Stratification

     Referring to Figure 2.8, the first  test level  of  the
 flow classification for a buoyant jet in a linearly strati-
 fied layer is to determine  whether the flow is  mostly jet-
 like or mostly  plume-like  as it rises  in the  stratified
 layer.   This is achieved  through  the  comparison of  the
 stratification length scales, lm'/!„' .

     The next determination  is the  relative importance  of
 crossflow  on these  stratified flows.  For jet-like strati-
 fied flows,  if   lm/lm'  <   0(1)   the crossflow will have
 strongly deflected the buoyant  jet  flow  by  the time  the
 stratification starts to influence the  flow leading to  a
 "crossflow dominated" regime, and thus the alignment angle
 7 will  become an important factor in  classifying the flows.
 But for lm/lm' > O(l)  the  crossflow is weak and  the flow is
 "stratification dominated",  and hence the vertical  angle  0
 will become the decision variable for classifying.

     For plume-like stratified flows, because  of the non-
 existence  of the two-dimensional plume to crossflow length
 scale (see Section 2.4.6),   a comparison of the effect of
 stratification  relative to  the crossflow effect uses  the
 length  scale la.  If  lb'/la  < O(l) the crossflow will have
 strongly  deflected  the  buoyant plume   flow   before  the
 buoyancy begins  to  affect the flow leading to a  "crossflow
 dominated" regimef (7  is the further decision parameter).
 On the other hand, lb'/la > O(l) signifies a "buoyancy domi-
 nated"  flow  (6  is the decision parameter).

     The terminal heights of rise Z, equations  for any of
 these flows  are indicated on Figure  2.8.  Detailed refer-
 ences for these equations are in Section 4.3.2.   In general,
 the height of rise depends on lm', or !„'  or la with'an  added
 influence  of lm for crossflow affected stratified flow. The
 sketches at the bottom of Figure 2.7 indicate the schematic
 flow configuration for  each  flow class.   Once the terminal
height  has been  reached,  some flows  (MSI, or MS2,  or MS5,
 or  MS6) are further  deflected  by  the  strong crossflow
 leading to far-field buoyant spreading and diffusion phases.
Other flows  (MS3, or  MS7, or MS8) have  weak crossflow and
are more nearly vertical in  their approach  ("impingement")
to  the  terminal layer with  an ensuing  upstream spreading
phase.   Flow  class MS4 with  strong horizontal momentum
experiences a near-horizontal "injection" into the terminal
layer.
                           34

-------
2.5.1.3 Flow Classes MU for Buoyant Discharges into Uniform
Ambient Layers

    The flow  classification system  for positively buoyant
discharges in uniform ambient layers  appears  in Figure 2.9.
In this classification, the stability criterion  (expressed
here  in terms of length scale),  defined  in  Section 2.3.1
(Eq.  2.3), is used to characterize the discharge as "deep
water" or "shallow water".  A deep water discharge will have
relatively weak momentum as the flow contacts the surface,
while a shallow discharge will have a strong momentum as the
flow  impinges on the surface.

    In the case of deep water (stable conditions) , buoyancy
tends  to have  a  stabilizing effect  on  the  flow as  it
contacts the  surface.  The  study  distinguishes between two
kinds of flow, one with a low ambient current where
O(l)  (MU1V) and one with a high ambient current where
> 0(1)  (MU1H).

    In  the  case of  shallow water,  the flow has a strong
vertical  momentum  at  surface  contact  and  tends to  be
unstable.  The jet is deflected downward by the surface and
an unstable recirculation  zone occurs around the jet as it
re-entrains the deflected  fluid flow.  Therefore, the flow
is vertically completely mixed in  the near-field. For these
unstable conditions, the diffuser geometry, particularly, its
total net momentum input, becomes an important factor  (flow
classes MU2-MU9).  As defined in Section 2.2.2.1, there are
three kinds of diffusers (unidirectional, staged, and alter-
nating) , and hence a flow configuration pattern  is assigned
to each one.

    For  the  special  cases of  a  predominantly parallel
alignment  (7  < 45°) for the unidirectional diffuser and of
a predominantly perpendicular alignment  (7  >  45°)   for the
staged diffuser, respectively, thus,  for cross-flowing dis-
charges  a  test is performed to determine  whether momentum
or crossflow  control  the fully  mixed diffuser plume in the
ambient' layer depth Hs.   If ijli. >  O(l)  the flow  is con-
trolled by momentum, and crossflow has a minor role in flow
behavior  (flow classes MU3 and MU5) ,  and in the case of l^H,
< O(l),  crossflow will play the  dominant  role relative to
both  momentum and buoyancy  factors  (flow classes  MU4 and
MU6) .  In the  remainder of the flow classes the diffuser
discharge  is  predominantly  co-flowing,   or has  no  net-
horizontal momentum in the case of  alternating  diffusers.
 2.5.1.4 Flow Classes for MNU Negatively Buoyant Discharges
 in Uniform Ambient Layers

     The  classification  system   for   negatively  buoyant
 discharges (Figure 2.10) bears some similarities to that for

                            35

-------
 positively buoyant  discharges described  above.   Several
 negatively buoyant  flow  classes  have a  "mirror  image"
 analogy to the positively buoyant flows.

     Again, using a similar stability  criterion as before,
 one can distinguish between deep and shallow cases.  In the
 deep water case,  the first  step  is to determine whether
 momentum or buoyancy dominates the flow with respect to the
 ambient layer depth Hs.   If  I^E, < O(l), the  flow will be
 buoyancy dominated after a short distance and therefore will
 not have any  surface interaction.  If IM/H, > O(l),  the flow
 will be momentum dominated in relation to the ambient layer
 depth Hs.  Additional testing is performed  in  the  buoyancy
 dominated branch where the momentum length scale is compared
 to the ambient layer depth H..  If l^H, > O(l) ,  crossflow is
 weak,  and hence  the  flow will rise slightly before falling
 to the  bottom  (MNU1) .   If  I^H, <  O(l) ,  the effect  of
 crossflow is  high,  and the  flow,  after rising slightly,
 becomes advected downstream with  a gradual  approach to the
 bottom  (MNU2).   For the momentum  dominated  branch,  the
 discharge geometry becomes important.   For  the alternating
 diffuser,  the flow will behave similarly to the previous one
 (MNU2).   For  the unidirectional diffuser, additional tests
 are performed to determine whether momentum and buoyancy or
 crossflow dominate  the flow.   The overall  length  scale 1^
 (see  Table 2.1)  is used  for that purpose.  If IM/!^ < O(l),
 the flow has  a weak deflection  (MNU3),  otherwise,  the flow
 possesses a strong deflection due to crossflow (MNU4).  The
 same  comparison  is  done for the staged diffuser but using
 the overall length scale LM  (see Table 2.1) instead of 1M.
 Weak  deflection  is  indicated for LM/LO, < O(l)  (MNU5) ,  and
 strong deflection for LM/I^ > o(l)  (MNU6),  respectively.

    tln the  fully mixed shallow  water  cases, the  same
 decision tree is used as  for  positively buoyant discharges
 (Figure 2.9) to describe the flow configuration  (MNU7-MNU14)
 with  the exception  of bottom restratification  in  the far-
 field.
2.5.2 Far-Field Flow Behavior

    After the  effluent flow has interacted with the water
surface, bottom, pycnocline, or terminal layer and has thus
completed its near-field phase, the far-field mixing begins.
In the general case, the discharge flow  contains sufficient
buoyancy  and  there will  be a  buoyant  spreading  region
followed  by  a passive diffusion  region.    The  buoyant
spreading  region  is  characterized by  dynamic horizontal
spreading  and  gradual vertical  thinning  of the  mixed
effluent flow, while being advected by the  ambient current.
Vertical boundary interaction may occur,  and the flow may
contact one or both  lateral boundaries (shorelines).  In the
passive diffusion region,  the dilution is controlled by the

                             36

-------
turbulent mixing action of the flowing ambient water body.
Again, boundary  interaction may  occur,  and the  flow may
become both laterally and vertically  fully mixed within the
layer height Hs in this region.  If the flow is non-buoyant
or weakly  buoyant there  is no buoyant  surface  spreading
region, only a passive diffusion region.

    In contrast to the near-field  flow there is no need for
an advance classification scheme to determine the behavior
of the far-field flow  for a  given  discharge/environment
situation.  Since effluent flow in the far-field is always
advected in the direction of the ambient flow, the various
interaction processes are simply calculated as part of the
downstream  modeling process  of the  applicable  far-field
solutions.   This applies  also to the  transition between
buoyant spreading and passive ambient diffusion  (based on
a  flux Richardson number  criterion).   These  aspects are
discussed in Doneker and Jirka  (1990).
2.6 Analysis of Individual Flow Processes

    The dynamics  of  individual mixing processes and their
analysis are discussed in this Section.  The first subsec-
tion deals with jet/plume dynamics in deep water including
boundary  interaction  processes.    The  second  subsection
addresses the diffuser-induced fully mixed plume motions in
shallow  water.    Finally,  specific  features  of  buoyant
spreading  and diffusion  processes  in  the  far-field are
discussed.
2.6.1 Buoyant Plane Jet Processes in Deep Water

    The  effluent leaving the diffuser  ports  behaves as a
series of  round buoyant  jets (see Figure 2.11, Holley and
Jirka, 1986)  and hence round buoyant  jet  analysis can be
used for prediction.  At some distance,  the adjacent plumes
merge  with  each other,  and from  then^ on  the  flow can
essentially  be  considered as two-dimensional.  The initial
round plume  region (three-dimensional  region) will not be
considered in the  following analysis.
2.6.1.1 Unstratified Ambient

    This section presents analytical results for plane jets
and plumes issued vertically upward from a slot of width B,
perpendicular to the crossflow.  First, the simple plane jet
and plume solutions in stagnant environment are introduced.
Then  the theory  is  expanded to  include  the effects  of
ambient  crossflow and  stratification.    The procedure is
based on perturbation solutions. in the sense that a simple
analytical solution is  being  perturbed by assuming  a small

                            37

-------
            SIDE VIEW
                                           ROUND   , PLANE

                          TOP VIEW
               Jets merging in unidirectional diffuser
       PIPE
          SIDE VIEW
                           TOP VIEW A-A,
               Jecs merging in alternating  diffuser
Figure  2.11
Interference of  Individual  Round  Jets  from
Multiport  Diffuser Discharges  forming  Two-
Dimensional (Slot) Jets or Plumes (Ref.  Lee
and Jirka,  1991).
                              30

-------
 effect of an additional variable (e.g.  a weak crossflow) .

    For  the following  development the simplest possible
assumptions are being made:  a plane source, either vertical
or horizontal orientation, and only one perturbing variable.
The  results can  be readily generalized  to  more complex
conditions  (e.g.  arbitrary  orientation  or multiple influ-
ences) .   Indeed,  such  generalizations  are  implemented  in
the predictive elements presented  in Chapter IV.


2.6.1.1.1 Simple Plane  Jet  in stagnant Environment

    Consider a plane jet  (2-D)  in  a stagnant ambient  fluid
(Figure  2.12).  In  the  initial stage  (when flow  exits from
the equivalent slot diffuser),  the velocity distribution is
near  uniform.    After  a  short  distance  s  along  the  jet
trajectory,  the  velocity profile approaches a bell-shaped
(Gaussian)  distribution.

    The  maximum velocity  uc occurs  along  the  trajectory
centerline  and a  similarity profile  is  assumed  for  the
velocity distribution.    Similar conditions  hold for  the
centerline  concentration cc of  pollutant or  tracer  mass.
The  jet centerline velocity uc  decreases with distance  s
from  the point of transition as  the plane jet  entrains the
stagnant ambient  fluid.  The momentum flux per unit length
m0 is conserved along the trajectory,  and  the  variation and
magnitude   of  the  plane jet  centerline velocity depend
essentially upon m0 and the distance along the  trajectory
s, uc «   (m0,s).  Using dimensional  analysis, one  obtains
    uc = c(m0/s)
               1/2
                                                     (2.10)
where  c  is  a constant.
     The  width b of the  plane jet can, in principle,  also
depend  on m0 and s, but  for dimensional reason, the  only
possibility is a linear  spreading
    b = bts

where bj  is  a constant.
                                                     (2-11)
     The volumetric dilution S at any cross-section along the
 jet is  defined by S  = c0/cc, where c0 is the initial concen-
 tration (at the ports) .  The  dilution S is related to m,,,
 s,  and  q0, and by conservation of mass, one obtains
     S = Sl(m0s)1/2/q0 = Ms/I,)

 where s, is a constant.
                            1/2
                                                     (2.12)
                             39

-------
                            Instantaneous
                                          appearance
                      ENTRAINMENT
                      VELOCITY
    (Jo. po - pa. C0
                        •ZONE OF

                         FLOW ESTABLISHMENT
                                                       CONCENTRATION
                                                       PROFILE
                                                     AMBIENT DENSITY pg
                          Time-averaged conditions
Figure 2.12
Plane Jet in Stagnant Environment (Reg. Holley
and Jirka,  1986).
                                 40

-------
2.6.1.1.2 Simple Plane Plume  in  stagnant Environment

    A  plane  plume  rises  vertically  and  experiences  an
increase  in vertical momentum flux per unit length  with
distance  z  above the source  (Figure 2.13).  The buoyancy
flux per unit length is constant for any plume cross-section
as  it  rises  in  an unstratified ambient.   By dimensional
analysis, the centerline velocity  is independent of z
    uc = c(j0)1/3

where c  is a constant.
                         (2.13)
    The width b of the plane plume depends on distance  z

    b = b3z                                           (2.14)

where b3  is  a constant.
    The dilution for a plane plume can be expressed by the
buoyant acceleration g'0  (buoyancy is conserved in the plane
plume) which  decreases with distance s as the plume rises
and becomes diluted by the  ambient fluid.  The decrease  in
g'0 is directly proportional to the amount of  ambient fluid
entrained  in  the  plume,  so that  S  =  g'0/g0  .   Using the
continuity equation for buoyancy flux
    S = S3j0l/3s/q0 = s3s/(lqlM)

where s3  is  a constant.
1/2
                         (2.15)
2.6.1.1.3 Weakly Deflected Plane Jet in Crossflow

    For a  relatively weak crossflow,  the  plane jet would
behave  in  the  same manner  as  if  it  were  in  a stagnant
environment,  except that it is slightly  advected  by the
ambient current (Figure 2.7b).  This region  is defined for
z/lm « 0(1).

    Considering a  plane jet  issuing perpendicular  to the
crossflow,   after  the region of  flow establishment  the
vertical velocity  is given by Eq.  (2.10).   The kinematic
relationship  for a plane  jet moving horizontally with the
crossflow velocity ua is,  in  the first  order
    dx/ua =  dz/uc
                         (2.16)
Substituting Eq.  (2.10)  into (2.16)  and integrating gives
the trajectory relationship  for the weakly deflected plane
jet flow expressed in terms  of the jet to crossflow length
scale
    z/lm =
                 .2/3
                         (2.17)
                            41

-------
                         Instantaneous appearance
            ENTRAPMENT
            VELOCITY
                                                    AMBIENT
                                                    DENSITY pa
                                      CONCENTRA TION AND
                                      BUOYANCY PROFILE
                                     VELOCITY PROFILE
Figure 2.13
                                    , Po. 
-------
where tt  is  a trajectory constant.

    The  plane jet width is similar  to the  width in the
stagnant case, and is.given by Eq.  (2.11).

    The equation for dilution is similar to Eq.  (2.12), and
expressed in terms of the length scale  is

    S = Sl(z/lq)1/2                                     (2.18)

where st  is  the dilution constant.


2.6.1.1.4 Stronalv Deflected Plane  Jet  in  Crossflow

    For  z/lm » O(l)  the ambient  flow will have a more
direct effect on the flow pattern.  For a strongly deflected
plane jet,  the vertical velocity has decayed to less than
the  value  for the  ambient crossflow; thus  the ambient
crossflow will have significantly deflected the plane jet
as shown in  Figure 2.7b.

    The equations for the strongly  deflected  plume jet are
derived  on  the basis of a "plume impulse"  model analogous
to  the  line  impulse model used  for the  deflection of  a
sifigle round jet  (see Doneker and Jirka, 1989) .  Using the
impulse model, the characteristic variables are the distrib-
uted momentum impulse m'  (m' = myuj , the  vertical rise  z,
and the  ambient velocity us.  Applying  this concept  to the
plane jet, the vertical velocity of rise uc is proportional
to  m0/uaz.    Applying Eq. (2.16)  one  finds the  trajectory
relation for the strongly deflected jet flow  in  non-dimen-
sional form

    z/lm = t2(x/lm)1/2                                  (2.19)

where t2 is  a trajectory constant.

    Similar  to Eq.  (2.11) the jet width is proportional  to
position z

    b =  b2z                                           (2.20)

where b2 is  a constant.

    The  continuity  equation provides the dilution  S  at  any
position z

    S =  s2z/(lmlq)1/2                                   (2.21)

where s2 is  a dilution constant.

    Little is known about the appropriate constants for such
deflected jets.  Assuming  that the  two-dimensional plane

                            43

-------
 jet is penetrated by the crossflow and broken-up into three-
 dimensional elements,  the coefficients  t2, b2,  and s2 can be
 assumed to have the same values as those used for the three-
 dimensional counterpart (see Doneker and Jirka,  1989).
 2.6.1.1.5 Weakly  and  Strongly  Deflected  Plane Plume  in
 Crossflow

     As remarked in  Section 2.4.6,  in the  two-dimensional
 case,  a  plume  to  crossflow  length  scale does  not exist.
 Therefore,   in  order  to  investigate the deflected  plume
 dynamics, one  can compare the  vertical plume  centerline
 velocity uc to  the  ambient  velocity ua.   Two cases  are
 possible:

     a)  If uc »  ua, the initial buoyancy  will  dominate and
 crossflow is of secondary  importance.  Therefore  the flow
 will behave as  plume in a stagnant  environment but will be
 weakly advected with  the  crossflow.   In  analogy to  the
 weakly deflected jet flow (Section 2.6.1.1.3) , the trajecto-
 ry equation for the weaklv-deflected plane  plume  flow ex-
 pressed  in  terms of  length scales is
     z  = t3X(lm/lM)^2

where  t3 is the trajectory constant.
            (2.22)
     The plane plume width is similar to the  plume issuing
 in  a stagnant environment and is  given  by  Eq.  (2.17).

     The dilution S is similar to  Eq.  (2.18),  and expressed
 in  terms of length scale is
     S =  s3z/(lMlq)1/2

where s3 is the dilution constant.
           (2.23)
           uc « ua/  the high ambient velocity will  cause a
strongly  deflected  plane plume behavior.   It  is  reasonable
to assume that this bent-over plume behaves as a distributed
thermal,  an  instantaneous release of buoyancy-driven fluid
along a line source.   The characteristic variables  are, the
buoyancy  release,  j'= J0/uj ,  the vertical rise  z,  and the
ambient velocity ua.  Applying these concepts to the plane
plume, the vertical velocity uc is proportional to (J0/ua)1/2,
and the trajectory relation for the strongly-deflected plane
plume flow is
    z = t
-------
    b = b4z
(2.25)
where b4  is a constant for the bdh flow.  Using the continu-
ity equation to find the dilution S  at any position z,

    S =  s4z/(lmlq)1/2                                   (2.26)

where s4  is  a  dilution constant.


2.6.1.1.6  Horizontal   Plane  Jet  with  Vertical  Buoyant
Deflection                                  "

    For  a horizontally discharging jet with  weak vertical
deflection induced by the discharge buoyancy, the centerline
velocity is given in first order  by the  simple  plane  jet
solution, Eg.  (2.10),  or  uc  =  (it^/x)172 in which x  is  the
horizontal  coordinate  direction.     The  small  vertical
deflection due to the  local buoyancy-induced  velocity w is
    dz/dx = w/uc
(2.27)
The local buoyant vertical acceleration of a jet element is
given by
    dw/dt =  J0/(buc)
(2.28)
in which  b  =  x is the plane jet width.   With the Galilean
transformation dt = dx/uc, and after substitution for b and
uc,  Eq.  (2.27)  and (2.28)  can be solved to give the normal-
ized trajectory relation

    z/lM  =  ts(x/lM)s/2

The appropriate width and dilution equations are

    b = bsx
(2.29)
(2.30)
and
     S  =  ss(x/lq)
                1/2
(2.31)
where  the constants bs and ss should be numerically similar
to those  for the weakly deflected jet  in crossflow, bs s bt/
and  ss = slf respectively.   In either case the perturbation
effects are small and the equations must be identical if no
perturbation  is present.   The above solutions are valid in
the  region x/lM < O(l) .
                            45

-------
2.6.1.1.7  Vertical Plane  Plume with  Horizontal Momentum
Deflection

    The  final  phase of a horizontal buoyant jet will be a
vertically  rising plume which  is  weakly  deflected by the
effect  of  the  horizontal  discharge  momentum  (see Fig.
2.5a).   This will occur in the region z/lM  > O(l).  The
plume will  have  a local  vertical centerline velocity given
in  first order  by the plane plume  solution,  Eq.  (2.13).
The small horizontal deflection of the plume trajectory is
given by
    dx/dz =
                                            (2.32)
where  uh  is the  induced horizontal  velocity due  to the
discharge  momentum flux  m0.   Conservation  of horizontal
impulse implies
    bu
                                            (2.33)
in which b = z is the plume width.  The trajectory relation
is obtained after substitution and integration
x
X
              t6lMln(z/zF)
(2.34)
in which XF and ZF are the ultimate value of the horizontal
and vertical  deflection for the final stage  (z approaches
infinity)  of  the vertically rising plume.   The width and
dilution are  given  directly by Eqs.  (2.14) and (2.15), or
using the  appropriate length scales,
    b =
and
    S = s6z/(lMlq)1/2
                                            (2.35)
                                            (2.36)
As before,  the constants b6 and  s6 should be  the same as
those for  the weakly deflected plume, b6 & b3  and s6 & s3,
respectively.
2.6.1.2  Typical Regimes of  Buoyant Plane Jets  in Linear
Stratification

    This section presents analytical results  for plane jets
and plumes  issued  from a slot of width B discharging into
a stratified ambient.
2-.6.1.2.1 Plane Jet in Linear Stratification

    The ratio lm'/lm « O(l) indicates that the nonbuoyant
jet will reach its maximum height of rise before it is bent

                            46

-------
over by the  effect of crossflow.   Therefore,  in order  to
find solutions  to that region  (region  beginning from the
discharge point to the maximum height) where the effect  of
crossflow is  negligible,  one has  to  use the differential
equations  of  the simple  plane  jet  in  an  unstratified
stagnant ambient  and  extend  them to include the factor  of
stratification.  Two extreme cases of  vertical and horizon-
tal jets are addressed.

a) Vertical Jet in Linear Stratification

    Using the  jet differential  equations (Section  2.6.2,
Holley and Jirka,1986) and adding the  effect of stratifica-
tion to the buoyancy term  (Section  2.7, Holley and Jirka),
one can get a solution for the zone described.  The solution
details are omitted here.   The equation  for terminal  height
of rise expressed in length scale  is

    z, = t6lm'                                         (2.37)

where ts is a constant.

    The width of the plane jet is  similar to Eq.   (2.14),

    b = b6s                                           (2.38)

where bs is a constant.
    The dilution S  is  found to be related to the  momentum
flux m0,  the discharge q,,,  the stratification parameter  e,
and the trajectory distance s.  The equation of  S expressed
with appropriate length scales is

    S = (s6s1/2/lq1/2) (1 -  S61(s/lm')3)1/2                   (2.39)

where s6 and s61  are  dilution constants.

b) Horizontal Jet in Linear Stratification

    Using the solution for the plane jet in  an unstratified
ambient (Holley and Jirka,  1986),  the equations for plane
jet width and plane jet dilution are
    b = b7s

    S = s7(s/lq)1/2

where b7 and s7 are respective constants.
(2.40)

(2.41)
2.6.1.2.2 Buoyant Plane Plume in Stratified Stagnant Ambient

    In.contrast to the  preceding  solution  for the pure jet
there does not exist an explicit solution for the pure plume
                            47

-------
in  stratified stagnant  ambient.   However,  in the region
below the  terminal  height,  z « Zt, stratification will  be
of second order and the solution can be approximated by the
line plume solution in unstratified ambient.   This leads  to
the dilution  equation,

    S = s8z/(lMlq)1/2                                   (2.42)

where ss is the dilution coefficient, and the  width equation

    b = bsz                                          (2.43)

where b8  is a constant.

    The  constant  related to  the  dilution   s8  should  be
similar to s  from Eq.  (2.15), and  constant b8 similar to b3
from Eq. (2.14).
2.6.1.3  Surface, Bottom,  and Terminal  Layer Interaction
Processes

    Ambient water  bodies always have vertical boundaries:
these are the water surface and the bottom, but in addition
"internal  boundaries"  may exist in the  form of  layers of
abrupt  density changes  (pycnoclines).   Depending  on the
dynamic and geometric characteristics of the discharge flow,
a large  number of  interaction phenomena can occur at such
boundaries.  Furthermore, in the case  of  a  linearly strati-
fied ambient where flow  trapping may occur,  other interac-
tion phenomena may take  place.

    In  essence,  these  interaction  processes  provide  a
transition between the jet mixing process in  the near-field
(Section  2.6.1), and  between buoyant  spreading  (Section
2.6.3) and passive diffusion  (Section 2.6.4)  in  the far-
field.

    Several possible interaction processes are analyzed in
detail by Doneker and Jirka  (1989).   These processes pertain
to single  port as  well  as  to  multiport  discharges.   They
are: (i) near-vertical surface/bottom/pycnocline impingement
with  buoyant   upstream  spreading,   (ii)   near-vertical
surface/bottom  impingement  with  unstable   recirculation,
buoyant  restratification,  and upstream spreading,  (iii)
stratified terminal layer impingement  with buoyant upstream
spreading,  and   (iv)   stratified   near-vertical  surface
injection with upstream  spreading.

    A control volume  approach is used for the  following sec-
tion.  When  the flow contacts the  boundary,  bv and  bh are
defined as the vertical  depth  and horizontal half-width of
the subsequent flow,  respectively.   The variable subscripts

                            40

-------
"i" (initial) and "f"  (final)  (e.g.  bi7  St) denote control
volume inflow and outflow quantities, respectively.

    In the surface  approach the bent over flow approaches
the water surface near horizontally at impingement angle 6i
< 45°.  The flow is advected with the ambient velocity field
at a rate equal to ua.  This situation occurs for crossflow
dominated jet-like and plume-like cases that are relatively
weakly buoyant, hence  the  flow will be strongly deflected
when it contacts the surface.

    Experimental  evidence   (Jirka   and   Harleman,  1973)
suggests that within a short distance after surface impinge-
ment the concentration distribution for a  2-D flow changes
from the assumed Gaussian distribution  to  a  top-hat or
uniform distribution.  Using a control volume approach the
initial  centerline  dilution is related to the  final bulk
dilution, and  a  bulk mixing process is  assumed with  Sf =
cSj, where c  is a constant.  The  width of this section is
given  by the  diffuser  length and  the  alignment,  2bM =
•LoSin-y.   The  continuity equation for the control volume is
then

    S,Q0 = uabvfLDsin7/2                                 (2.44)

where b^ is  the  final flow vertical width,  and bu is the
final flow horizontal half-width.

    A dynamically analogous situation exists  for the bottom
approach of  a  downward oriented jet or negatively buoyant
flow.  Also the approach process to any internal pycnoclines
is quite similar, even though the layer configuration will
adjust itself hydrostatically along the pycnocline depending
on  the density  jump conditions  (see  Doneker  and Jirka,
1990).

    For the case of  unstratified ambient,  one more interac-
tion process exists  which  is the  near-vertical  surface
impingement with buoyant upstream spreading.  A full discus-
sion on  this particular flow can be found in Doneker and
Jirka  (1990).

    For  the  case  of stratified ambient,  two possible flow
regions  can  exist for terminal flow interaction; i) near-
vertical  terminal  layer  approach with  buoyancy upstream
spreading, and  ii)  terminal layer  injection with surface
spreading (see also, Doneker and Jirka, 1990).
2.6.2 Diffuser Induced Jet Mixing in Shallow Water

    As mentioned  before,  when the  stability criterion  is
exceeded in Eq. (2.3a) (stagnant case) or Eq.  (2.3b)  (with
ambient  crossflow),  then the  flow becomes  unstable, and

                            49

-------
 therefore the diffuser geometry and flux parameters are the
 important elements.   For these cases, the  unstable near-
 field is typically vertically well-mixed, although the mixed
 flow may re-stratify  in  the  later  far-field.   Significant
 currents and large-scale circulation may  be introduced in
 the shallow  receiving water.   The most  frequent  use of
 shallow water diffuser theory is in the design of submerged
 cooling water discharges.
 2.6.2.1 Unidirectional Diffuser

     The flow generated by a unidirectional diffuser (Figure
 2.5)  is generated by pressure gradients which are set up by
 the momentum input (Jirka, 1982).  The  induced  flow sepa-
 rates near the diffuser ends into a contracting slipstream,
 i.e.  an acceleration  zone  (Lee  and Jirka,  1980).   The flow
 structure is shown in Figure 2.14.  The  equations related
 to  the unidirectional  diffuser are found when analyzing the
 contracted slipstream.  In the  following  the  acceleration
 zone solutions  for the diffuser in a stagnant ambient are
 presented,  and  then extended to include the effect  of an
 ambient current.
2.6..2.1.1  stagnant Ambient

    The  solutions for  that  case  are  given  by Lee  and Jirka
(1980).  The bulk dilution in the acceleration zone is  in
the present  notation
         (H/21,)1'2
(2.45)
The  diffuser horizontal half-width is found to be related
to the streamline approach angle 0lr  the distance x  along
trajectory,  and  the diffuser  length  Lj,.    For  stagnant
conditions,  the  approach angle  0t is  close  to  60°, and  the
transition  to diffusion  zone  was  found  to  occur  at  a
distance of  about 1^/2.  Due to the difficulty of mapping,
the  contracting   slipstream  half-width  bh  is  fit  by  the
following  equation  as  an  approximation to  Lee  and  Jirka
(1980) solution                                      ,
    bh = LD/2  [a,  + (1 - a,) exp(-3x'(l  + X*3) ) ]
(2.46)
with x' = 2x/LD and al  = contraction ratio = 1/2.
2.6.2.1.2. Ambient Crossflow

    With the presence of an ambient current,  it is necessary
to  know the  alignment of  the  diffuser  relative  to the
crossflow.  Two cases are discussed here, the case of
                            50

-------
predominantly perpendicular  (7
alignment..
                                 90°)  and parallel (7 * o°)
a) Perpendicular Alignment  (-Y « 90°)

    The "Cof lowing Diffuser" in which the diffuser axis is
perpendicular to the crossflow, has the  same  flow features
as those under stagnant conditions.  The result for the bulk
dilution  (Adams,  1972,  and Lee and Jirka,  1980)  expressed
in length scales, is
    S = H/2(ll)1/2 + ((H2 + 2Hlm)/lmlq)1/2
                                                     (2.47)
    Using the same procedure as for the stagnant case,  with
the exception  of having the  approach slipstream angle  as
function  of dilution S,  port  velocity  u0,  and  ambient
velocity   ua,   the  horizontal  diffuser   half-width   is
approximated by
    bh = LD/2  !>! + (1 - a,) exp(-3x (1 + x3)) ]

where
    x*  =  2x/LD
                   + 0.5)/(S(lm/lq)* + 1)
                                                     (2.48)




                                                     (2.49)

                                                     (2.50)
    The performance of the unidirectional diffuser has been
found effective in a cof lowing current.   But under current
reversals  (e.g. in tidal conditions) the  diffuser perform-
ance  is  poor with intense  effluent concentration  buildup
zones occurring whenever  the nozzle direction opposes the
incoming  current  (counter flowing  diffuser)  (Adams,  1980,
Harleman and Jirka, 1971) .
b) Parallel Alignment  f-v
                           0")
    The  "Tee  Diffuser"  in  which  the  diffuser  axis  is
parallel  to the  ambient current,  behaves  in  a  slightly
different way than the cof lowing diffuser.  Experimentally,
it has been found that the mixing performance depends on the
ambient to  discharge  momentum flux, v^/mof  or expressed by
the  ratio,   H/lm.   For weak  currents, H/lm  <  0.1,  the
dilution  S  is  similar to the previous  one in Eq.  (2.47);
however, for larger values of H/lm,  the  near-field dilution
drops.   Analysis  over a  wide range  of data  (Adams  and
Stolzenbach, 1977)  leads  to  an empirical reduction  factor
rs, which gives a dilution reduction relative to the perpen-
dicular case value S,  Eq.  (2.47)
    rs =
5(H/1J]-1/2
                                                     (2.51)
                           51

-------
 The cause  of  this  reduction in dilution is related to the
 interaction of individual jets, where the pressure distribu-
 tion set up by the ambient current limits the quantity of
 water which can enter  from behind the diffuser (Jirka and
 Lee).  As for the horizontal half-width, the same equation
 used for the coflowing case  (Eq. 2.51) applies here.

     Due to large induced flow involvement, the tee diffuser
 must be  located far offshore  in order to  provide enough
 space for back entrainment  flow.  With a shoreline boundary
 placed at a separation distance xs from and parallel to the
 tee diffuser line, theoretical and experimental work (Figure
 2.15)  show that significant reduction of induced flows and
 bulk mixing can occur  if the separation  distance  is less
 than LD/2  (Adams et al,  1982,  and Lee,  1984).


 2.6.2.2  Staged Diffuser

     The  jets  in a staged diffuser  (Figure 2.4b) possess  a
 small nozzle orientation angle /3  ~  0° with  respect  to the
 diffuser axis.  As  mentioned in Jirka (1982),  experimental
 observation suggests a  region composed of  two zones;  an
 acceleration  zone along the whole diffuser length  in which
 momentum is imparted, and, beyond the diffuser,  a decelera-
 tion zone  with  lateral  diffusion  and  bottom  frictional
 dissipation (Figure 2.16).   The  induced  flow contains  a
 boundary layer geometry and can be modelled as  a momentum
 line source imparted to  the ambient  flow over the diffuser
 length.
2,6.2.2.1  Stagnant

    Using  the results  of Lee  (1980), the dilution equation
for the acceleration zone  is
(2.52)
    S = s$

where ss  is a dilution constant.
    Using   simple   geometric  reasoning,   the  horizontal
diffuser half-width, which depends on the distance along the
trajectory  and  the nozzle  orientation  relative  to  the
diffuser axis /3,
    bh = (bs + 0.5 tan

where bs is  a constant.
(2.53)
                            52

-------
                      Acceleration
                        zone
                     Diffusion zone
Figure  2.14    Flow Field Induced by Unidirectional Diffuser
               (Ref. Jirka,  1982):   Structure  of Diffuser
               Plume (half-plane with  symmetry line).
    sr/s
      0-5
                              1-0
                                                 i  i  tn
Figure 2.15
Effect  of Limited  Separation  Distance
between   Diffuser  Line  and  Shoreline   (Sr
reduced dilution, S: original dilution)  (Ref
Lee, 1984) .
                            53

-------
 2.6.2.2.2 Ambient Crossflow

     With  the  presence  of  ambient  current,  the  mixing
 performance will  improve  relative to  the  stagnant  case.
 The dilution S  is  determined  by adding a term  related to
 crossflow to Eq. (2.52),  and hence
     S = ss ((1 - lm/lqH/lq)
                          1/2
                                                 (2.54)
 For the special case of strong ambient current, the dilution
 equation for the perpendicular diffuser alignment is (Jirka,
 1982)
S = ssl(H/lq)1/2(l  +  2.23H/1J
                               1/2
                                                     (2,55)
where ssl is a dilution constant.
     The plume half-width  is  similar to the  stagnant  case
and  is  given by Eq.  (2.53).


2,6.2.3 Alternating  Diffuser

     As  described earlier,  the alternating  diffuser (Figure
2.5c) does  not  impart  any  net horizontal momentum,  because
its  jets alternately discharge in  opposite directions.   As
remarked earlier, the  alternating diffuser category  also
includes other nozzle (port) arrangements that do not impart
any net horizontal momentum e.g. vertical discharge orienta-
tion or nozzle  clusters radially attached  to  risers.


2.6.2.3.1  Stagnant  Ambient

     Outside the  unstable recirculation  zone (Figure 2.17),
a stratified counterflow  region is generated and the  bulk
dilution is influenced  by  buoyancy effects instead  of  pure
momentum effects  (Jirka,   1982).   The  transition to  this
region  occurs at an approximate distance  of 2.5H  (Jirka,
1982).

    Using the two-dimensional channel analysis described by
Jirka  (1982), the dilution  is found  (taking $c  = 0.1  in
Figure  18 of  Jirka,  1982), as
    S = saH/(lMlq)1/2
                                                (2.56)
where_  sa  is  the  appropriate  dilution  constant.    This
dilution  factor  characterizes the  fully  mixed near-field
zone extending  for  a  width 2.5H  on  both  sides  of the
diffuser axis.  A stratified counterflow system exists
outside that near-field.
                            54

-------
     Plan view
         Acceleration zone
                                                    \Vertically\
                                                     mixed
Figure 2.16    Flow Induced by Staged Diffuser  (Ref. Jirka,
               1982):  Structure of  Diffuser Plume.
       Symmetry
            Unstable
            near field
Intermediate field
                           25H
 Figure 2.17   Alternating  Diffuser  in  Stagnant  Ambient:
               Side View:   Stratified Counterflow Character-
               istics  in   Two-Dimensional   Representation
                (Adapted from Jirka,  1982).

                                  55

-------
2.6.2.3.2 Ambient Crossflow                           ,

    The dilution in an  ambient  current may  be  estimated by
a vector  addition of the  stagnant  water dilution and  the
ambient flow dilution  (Jirka, 1982).  Hence adding the
ambient term, the dilution for the perpendicular alignment,
    S = H[(0.251
                             ,1/2
(2.57)
The  initial half-width  of the  flow downstream  from  the
alternating diffuser  is
    bh = 2.5H + Lo/2
(2.58)
    A  reduction of  20% from  the  perpendicular  alignment
dilution  (Eg.   2.57) is typical  for the parallel  alignment
dilution  (Jirka and Harleman,  1973).
2.6.2.4 Fully Mixed Diffuser Plumes  (Intermediate Field)

    Following  the terminology  used  by Jirka  (1982)   the
gradually  expanding  diffuser  plume  induced  outside   the
acceleration zone of either the unidirectional (Figure 2.14)
or  staged (Figure 2.15)  diffuser  is referred to  as  the
11 intermediate field".

    The  intermediate  field  plume  is . divided into   two
regions: region 1, and region 2.

    Region 1 starts immediately after the acceleration zone,
and extends up to a distance where  restratification occurs.
This  distance is  determined by  the  initial value  of a
densimetric Froude number, Fc = u,/ (g'cHs)1/2, with g'c = g'0/S) .
As typical for intrusion  processes the initial value Fc is
of order unity (Jirka, 1982).  The transition distance  for
region 1 is

    s, = cLM4/Fc4H3                                     (2.59)

where c is a constant and is dominated by the length scale
LM representative for the entire diffuser.

    The model for the vertically mixed two-dimensional  jet
flow associated with this region has the same characteris-
tics as the  regime related  to  the momentum dominated near
field (see Section 2.6.1.1.3) with the exception of having
a  different  momentum  to  crossflow  length  scale,   and a
different discharge to momentum length scale respectively.
Hence, the model uses the  same  mixing  and  trajectory of
relations, Eq.  (2.17) and (2.18),   with a change of lm to
dm,  and lq to dq,  respectively,  where
    dm = lmLD/H
(2.60)
                            56

-------
and
    dq =
                                                 (2.61)
    In  Region 2  the diffuser  plume  becomes stratified.
Thus, a lateral buoyant  spreading motion is superimposed on
the diffusing plume.   While  using the  same  dilution and
trajectory equations as before  (region 1), it is necessary
to  account  for  the  additional spreading.   The  buoyant
spreading rate is given by the  ratio of lateral spreading
velocity to  plume  centerline  velocity uc.   Therefore, the
theory of buoyant spreading is used, where instead of using
the  velocity current  as  a  dependent  variable, the jet
centerline velocity  uc is used (Table 3, Holley and Jirka,
1986) in the width differential equation, and hence
    (db/dx)B = (g'0h/uc2CD)
                         1/2
                                                 (2.62)
where h  is the  height (vertical thickness)  of diffusing
plume and CD is the drag coefficient (of order unity) .
The horizontal width bh is
bh =
                     (s
                       7/4 -
(2.63)
where bw is the  initial  horizontal at transition s, and bc
is the width constant.
The vertical width is found to be

    bv =  S^H/Sb,

which decreases due to restratification.
                                                 (2.64)
2.6.3 Buoyant Spreading Processes

    In the  context of this study,  buoyant spreading pro-
cesses are defined as the horizontally transverse spreading
of  the mixed  effluent flow  while  it  is  being  advected
downstream by the ambient current.  Such  spreading processes
arise  due to  the buoyant  forces  caused  by  the  density
difference of the mixed flow relative to  the ambient density
(see Figure 2.18).

    The buoyant  spreading phenomena is  a far-field mixing
process.  Usually it is preceded by buoyant jet mixing in
the near-field and is followed by passive diffusion, another
far-field mixing process.   If the discharge is nonbuoyant,
or weakly buoyant, and the  ambient is unstratified, there
is  no  buoyant spreading region  in the  far-field,  only a
passive diffusion region.

    Depending  on the type of near-field  flow and ambient
stratification several types of buoyant spreading may occur:

                           5.7

-------
                                            Front
Plan View
         Condition
Cross-section A-A
                Frontal Zone
                                               H
Figure 2.18
Buoyant Surface  Spreading  (Ref. . Doneker and
Jirka, 1989).                        ;
                             58

-------
(i) spreading at  the  water surface, (ii) spreading at  the
bottom,  (iii)   spreading  at  a  sharp  internal  interface
(pycnocline) with a density jump, or  (iv) spreading at  the
terminal level in continuously  (e.g.   linearly)  stratified
ambient.

    To a major extent  the buoyant spreading processes in the
far-field  of multiport diffusers are  entirely  similar to
those for  single  port discharges.   The reader  is referred
to Doneker and Jirka  (1989)  for a complete treatment of
these.

    Separate buoyant  spreading processes  can  occur  for
multiport  diffusers  with parallel   alignment  when  the
continuous buoyant inflow  along a long diffuser line  gives
a  different  source condition.   This  is  discussed in  the
following section for unstratified  and linearly stratified
ambients, respectively.
2.6.3.1 surface  Density Current Developing Along  Diffuser
Line in Parallel Alignment

    In contrast  to Figure  2.18,  a source  condition of  a
continuous  inflow exists  along  the  diffuser  line  whose
starting point is  at  x  = Xi.  The source flow for  one side
of the density current  is q^ = 0.53^ where Sf is the final
dilution for the near-field mixing.

    The buoyancy  conservation  equation for the mixed flow
is adapted from Doneker and Jirka  (1989) as

    uad(g'bA)/dx = q.(x) + • <&                         (2.65)

where q^x) is the localized head entrainment at  the density
current front, and bh is the lateral half-width.

    Neglecting  the  head entrainment  q«.  relative  to  the
inflow qN,  and integrating Eq.  (2.65)

    uag'bhbv =  j0x/2                                   (2.66)

For constant dilution along the diffuser line,  independent
of x,  g'  will be  replaced  by  g'o/Sj.   Benjamin  (1967)  has
derived an equation for the spreading velocity  VB

    vB2/(g'bv)  =  1/CD                                  (2.67)

where CD is  a  drag coefficient  that depends  on the  relative
depth bv/H and is in the range of 1/2 to 2.  Combining the
boundary condition for the streamline  (VB = uadb,/dx) and Eq.
(2.67), yields

    uadb,/dx = (g'0bv/CD)1/2                             (2.68)
                            59

-------
Substituting Eq. (2.66)  into  (2.68),  and integrating,  the
flow half-width bh is
(lm/lM)3/2/(2CD)  (X3'2 - X3/2))]2'3
                                                      (2.69)
where x> is the downstream distance at the beginning of the
buoyant spreading  region,  and  b^  is the  initial  density
current half-width.  A qualitatively  similar result for the
width bh has first been obtained by Roberts (1977).

    The vertical bv is  given by combining Eqs.  (2.69)  and
(2.65),  to obtain, with  appropriate  initial conditions at
 MA
bv =  St(lq lm)1/2x/2b,
                             - sf(l, Im)1/2xy2bh)
                                    (2.70)
2.6.3.2  Internal Density Current Developing Along  Piffuser
Line in  Parallel Alignment

    In  an  ambient  stratification with  a  linear  density
gradient,  a near-field mixing process may lead to  a  layer
formation  at a terminal level Zt,  i.e.  a mixed current  is
produced whose density is equal to the ambient density  at
the terminal level.   The mixed zone  perturbs the  ambient
stratification and leads to a lateral spreading while the
flow is  being advected downstream.

    The  spreading velocity VB for the stratified case is ex-
pressed  as
             = V(2CD)                                (2.71)

where CD is the drag  coefficient for the stratified case.

    Proceeding  in the same  fashion  as in Section  2.5.3.1,
one obtains the following result, for horizontal half-width
bh
           hi2 + (2/CD)l/2(S,(lq Im)1/2(x2-x2)/41a .+
and for the vertical  thickness bv is

    bv =  (Sf(lq lm)1/2(x-Xi)/2 + k)/bh

where

    k - (bub,,  - sf(l, lm)1/2)xi/2)
                                                      (2.72)
                                    (2.73)
                                    (2.74)
                            60

-------
2.6.3.3 Upstream Intruding Density Wedges Formed in Bounded
Channels

    Multiport diffusers are frequently installed in narrow
channels (rivers or estuaries) in which the diffuser spans
a  good fraction  of  the  channel  width,  W,  or else  the
diffuser mixing  capacity is  controlled by  the available
ambient flow.  In either case,  upon completion of the near-
field  mixing processes,  the diffuser  plume  will interact
with the lateral boundaries of the channel.  Under certain
low ambient velocity conditios (characterized by a densime-
tric Froude  number)  a laterally uniform density wedge may
intrude upstream along the  bottom, surface/pycnocline, or
in a terminal layer.  These possibilities are indicated in
Figure 2.19.  The  degree  of wedge intrusion is controlled
by interfacial friction along the density wedge.

    Two dynamic possibilities for wedge intrusion exist: a)
wedges with  a critical boundary  condition,  and b)  wedges
with a subcritical boundary condition.


2.6.3.3.1  Density Wedges with Critical Boundary Condition

    Referring to Figure  2.19a  and b,  assume  the maximum
possible   near-field  dilution   is    controlled   by  the
ambient/discharge flow ratio

                                                     (2.75)
    By the mass conservation principle, this dilution cannot
be exceeded in a  steady-state mixing process.  Thus,  if this
predicted  dilution  within the  hydrodynamic  mixing  zone
(near-field processes) - which do not account  for a later-
ally limited ambient water  body - indicates a final dilution
value Sf that is in excess of Sn, then local recirculation
processes will take place in the limited  channel,  resulting
in a fully mixed downstream  flow with dilution equal  to Sn
and a density pn  =  pa + Ap0/Sn.

    Upstream density wedge  intrusion will occur whenever  the
channel densitimetric Froude number
           Fch -
(2.76a)
 is less than a critical value of about 0.7 (Arita and Jirka,
 1987)  in which g'n = (Ap^pjg  and Apn = Ap0/Sn.   Under these
 conditions the root of the wedge (at the edge of near-field
 mixing zone)  will be characterized  by a  critical depth
         hc =
(2.76b)
                           61

-------
     a)  Bottom wedge (critical)
                            near-field
     b)  Surface wedge (critical)
       X/XN N X
     c)  Bottom wedge (subcritical)
                                                  //x.\\
       XVVSNN


    d) Internal wedge  (subcritical)
Figure 2.19
Different  Upstream   Wedge  Intrusion  in  a
Bounded Channel

-------
The wedge length L,, is given for the bottom wedge  (see Arita
and Jirka,  1987)  as

                                                      (2.77)
   -    H (
     f/   ^20 Fch2
                 3  T? 4
                 TO F*
+ 3_ F V3 _ J-
 4   "*     2
and for  the surface wedge (Bata, 1957) as

       1
         H  [2(1 -
                               -   (1 -
      —^—^—«  "   L ** \ —    ~ ch
          Vill

                       4/3 \  •  f\ f	 yii—^\2
+ 4a(  + a) (1 - Fch4/3)  + 8(a(l+a)a - P.,2) (1 - F

- 8a((l+a)3 - Fch2)  (log  a - log(l - a  -  F^3) ) ]
                                                      (2.78)
 in which f = Darcy-Wesbach friction factor,  f, = interfacial
 friction factor, and a =  f/f ~  0.5.


 2.6.3.3 Density Wedaes with Subcritical Boundary Conditions

     If  the  dif fuser  plume   (with  predicted  near-field
 dilution Sf  < SJ  is interacting  with both  lateral  bound-
 aries, then a flow away zone is formed with a layer thicJc-
 ness

      v, _  Sf QQ                                       (2.79)
       1    ua W
 a)  For a bottom or surface layer in uniform ambient density
 flow, upstream  intrusion  takes place  if  the Froude number
             "hi
                                                      (2.80)
 in which  g'£ = (APl/Pa)g  and APt  = APo/S(,  is less than about
 unity.

     Assuming the layer is sufficiently thin relative to the
 water depth, so that the ambient velocity  over the wedge is
 constant,  a simple force balance governs the flow
           r, dx = |g't|  h2 dh2
                                                  (2.81)
 in which V = interfacial friction = (f,/8) ua2.  Integration
 of  Eq.  (2.80)  gives  the  wedge  length for  subcritical
 conditions,  h,
-------
                                                     (2.83)
The  intrusion  is blocked  (prevented)  for  FM >  1  and  occurs
for  F^ < 1.  The governing force balance
         rf dx = e h2 dh

gives, upon integration, the wedge length

           T _   8  h,
           ^*    3fi FM2
                                                     (2.84)
                                                     (2.85)
2,6.4  Passive Diffusion Processes

    The  existing  turbulence  in , the  ambient  environment
becomes  the dominating  mixing  mechanism  at sufficiently
large distances from the discharge point.   The intensity of
this passive diffusion process depends upon the geometry of
the ambient shear flow as well as any existing stratifica-
tion.  In general, the passively diffusing flow is growing
in width and in thickness (see Figure 2.20).  Furthermore,
it may interact with the channel bottom and/or banks.  For
further details on these processes,  the reader is referred
t0>Dpneker  and Jirka  (1989), as they are independent of
initial source conditions.
                           64

-------
Plan View
  U
          •Initial Conditions
                                                  , Possible Bank Interaction

                                                 r jyyysV^^
Side View
                                             Possible Bottom Interaction
Figure 2.20
                Passive Diffusion Mixing Process  (Ref. Doneker
                and  Jirka,  1989).
                                65

-------
                        Chapter III

      CORMIX2: System Structure and Program Elements

    The  Cornell  Mixing  Zone  Expert System,  Subsystem "2..,
 (CORMIX2) is a series of software  elements for the analysis
and  design of conventional  or toxic  multiport submerged
buoyant,  nonbuoyant,   or  negatively  buoyant  pollutant
discharges  into  unstratified  or  stratified watercourses,
with emphasis on  the geometry and dilution properties of the
initial mixing zone. The cases of both stagnant  and  flowing
environment are included. This expert system is  constructed
and  designed  as  an  analysis  tool  for dischargers  and
regulators.

    The  user  provides  CORMIX2  with   all  the necessary
information  concerning  the  ambient environment,  and  the
discharge characteristics.  In response to this  data input,
CORMIX2  supplies  detailed  information  related   to  the
hydrodynamic  mechanisms controlling  the flow, dilution,
geometric information concerning the pollutant  plume shape
in the ambient flow, and design recommendations and advice
permitting the actual  user  to improve the effluent mixing
characteristics.    Information related to legal  mixing zone
dimensions and toxic mixing zone requirements are provided
by CORMIX2 when  they are requested by  the  user.    CORMIX2
executes on a MS-DOS computer using an  IBM-PC/XT along with
a printer, and a hard disk drive.

    The  obectives  of  CORMIX2  is  to  give  the  user  an
understanding  in  the  hydrodynamics  of  flows.   Through
repeated interactive use of  the software system,  the user
can ultimately gain some knowledge of hydrodynamic mixing
processes.
3,1 Background on Expert Systems and Logic Programming

    CORMIX2  is  written in two  programming  languages:  VP-
Expert, an expert systems "shell", and Fortran.

    VP-Expert is an expert systems programming language, or
a  "shell".   A shell is a self-contained inference engine
that does not contain the knowledge base,  but has facilities
for both  forward and backward  reasoning,  debugging aids,
consistency   checking,   input   and   output   menus,   and
explanation facilities.

    The reason for using the two programming languages lies
in the fact that one is powerful  -in knowledge representation
and the other in mathematical  computations.  The knowledge
base  language VP-Expert  is  very  efficient in  knowledge
representation and symbolic reasoning; however it is less
powerful  in  numerical  computational  techniques.    On  the
                            66

-------
other   hand,   Fortran   is   effective  in   mathematical
computations  and  less  efficient  in  symbolic  reasoning.
Hence  VP-Expert   is  used   to  implement   the  knowledge
acquisition, the length  scale computation, model selection,
and, the analysis  of the hydrodynamic simulation.   Fortran
is used to carry out computations used in the hydrodynamic
simulation models.

    .The  knowledge  base  of  an  expert  system  contains
statements .containing facts and if-then rules about facts.
The  VP-Expert knowledge base  is  built  from  the  rules
supplied by the user corresponding to a problem area.

  ,  As  explained by Doneker and Jirka  (1988),  VP-Expert
programs are driven by a "goal" which the program tries to
validate by searching the  knowledge base to  construct a
"proof" by using the facts and rules in the knowledge base
needed to deduce the goal as  a valid hypothesis.

    All the programs in VP-Expert are constructed based on
rule  statements   where  the  rules  are  stated  as:  .if
{expression(s) or clauses called the "premise" or "head" of
the  rule}   -  then {an  expression  or  clause  named  the
"conclusion"  or  "tail" of   the  rule}  statements.    The
structure of  a rule can consist of one or  more  than one
expression  linked by  and/or  statements.   An example of a
rule statement is  :

    IF     site_description  <> UNKNOWN and
           ambient_conditions <> UNKNOWN and
           discharge_parameters<> UNKNOWN and
           mixing_zones <> UNKNOWN
    THEN   parameters_input  = known;                 [1]

All the conditions have to  be met in order to satisfy the
conclusion  statement  (parameters_input).   In other words,
VP-Expert tries  to satisfy  all expressions in the premise
of  the rule,  starting  in  statement  [1]  with  the first
expression "site_description <> UNKNOWN" (the <> UNKNOWN in
[1] stands  for "not equal to").  If the value of the first
clause  is determined, VP-Expert tries to satisfy the next
expression "ambient_conditions <> UNKNOWN".  If  this  latter
is satisfied, then VP-Expert will try to meet the remaining
expressions in the rule  structure.  When all the  expressions
are satisfied, the rule  succeeds, and  hence  the conclusion
statement can be given a valuation and is added to the facts
known in the knowledge base.                  .

    The  way   VP-Expert  would  know  the   expression  of
"site_description" lies  in  the fact that there is another
rule  in the knowledge base  related to this subject which
is:         .
                            6-7

-------
    IF     site_name <> UNKNOWN and
           discharger_name <> UNKNOWN and
           pollutant_name <> UNKNOWN and
           design_case <>;UNKNOWN
    THEN   site_description = known;
[2]
The same logical pattern is followed here, but since there
is    no    present    valuation    for    the    expression
"site_description", VP-Expert will  locate statements with
the expression "site_description" in its conclusion.  If all
the expressions in [2]  can  be assigned valuations, then the
expression  site_description is a known expression.
Within the  program there is another  rule placed in a form
of an "ASK  statement" like

    ASK site_name: " Enter a  descriptive name  for  the
    discharge location."                               [3]

This rule  is treated as a "fact", and  VP-Expert asks the
user to enter the value of "site_name" through the message
within the  quotes  of statement [ 3 ] .  The user enters the
value for "site_name" and thus the value for this variable
is known to VP-Expert.  Next,  VP-Expert tries to find the
values  for the remainder  of  statement  [2]  in  a similar
manner.  More  detailed  explanations  on  the expert systems
logic can be found in Doneker and Jirka  (1989).

    Thus the knowledge base is built from rules consisting
of expressions that force VP-Expert to seek valuations from
other  rules.   The  process  of  seeking  values  for  the
expressions continues in a tree-like search until all values
are determined or when the rule is exhausted without finding
a valuation.             ,

    When all the rules  have succeeded, a  listing of all the
expressions values are  saved in a file to be loaded for the
next VP-Expert element.
3.2 Structure of CORMIX2

    Figure 3.1  shows  the overall structure  of  the system
elements of COPJMIX2.  The  program elements of CORMIX2 are
composed  of  DATIN2,  PARAM2,  CLASS2,   HYDRO2,  and  SUM2.
During system use the  elements are loaded automatically and
sequentially  by  the   system.     Table  3.1  outlines  the
directory structure of CORMIX2 and contains comments about
program files.
                           60

-------
  VP-Expert

        DATIN2
      User Input
                                  Iteration
                                  Alternatives
                                  Corrections
  VP-Expert
       PARAM2
      Parameter
      Computation
  VP-Expert
       CLASS2
      Flow
      Classification
  VP-Expert   Fortrun

       HYDR02
  Prediction/Simulation
       Program
  VP-Expert
        SUM 2
  Summary
  Evaluation
  Recommendations
  (Lega I /Engineering)
Figure 3.1
System Elements  of CORMIX2


               69

-------
Table 3.1
CORNHEX2 Program File Directories
Directory
c:\cmx2
               Comments
     system root directory, contains VP-Expert
     system  files  and  the  knowledge  base
     program CORMIX2  (system driver)
c:\cmx2\advice2    contains all user-requested advice files
c:\cmx2\bat2



c:\cmx2\cache2


c:\cmx2\data2



c:\cmx2\flowdes2


c:\cmx2\kbs2

c:\cmx2\pgms2


c:\cmx2\sim2
     contains  batch   files   for   program
     execution,  data file manipulation,  and
     program control

     contains cache "fact" files exported from
     knowledge  base programs

     contains   constants   used   in   flow
     classification and other knowledge base
     programs

     contains flow  descriptions  fbr each
     flow class

     contains all  knowledge  base programs

    'contains Fortran hydrodynamic simulation
     and file manipulation programs

     contains simulation results
                           70

-------
    The  system runs entirely  under the  VP-Expert  system
shell.  The hydrodynamic simulation Fortran program HYDRO2
is executed  from the knowledge base program  HYDRO2.   All
program elements  execute  sequentially.   For example,  when
a  rule  in  a  program element  DATIN2  corresponding  to
statement [1] fires, the "cache"  of DATIN2  is written to an
external DOS file.  The cache is a list of all expressions
within  a  program  element  that  have  been  assigned  a
valuation.  This  cache file is read by the next sequential
element in DATIN2, the knowledge  base PARAM2,  and so on for
the remaining program elements.

3.2.1 Data input  Element: DATIN2

    DATIN2 is a VP-Expert program element for the entry of
relevant  data  and  for  the initialization  of the  other
program elements.   DATIN2 consist of four program segments
or knowledge base sub-elements which execute sequentially.
The knowledge base sub-elements are,  in execution order,
ASITE2, AMBIENT2, DISCHAR2>  and ZONES2.  DATIN2 is the first
program executed, and it is invoked by  entering the command
"CORMIX2" at the  DOS prompt.

    The  purpose  of DATIN2 is to  specify  completely the
physical environment of the discharge, as well as legal or
regulatory specifications.  The  following data groups need
to be entered: general site and case  identifier information
(knowledge base ASITE2),  ambient conditions  (geometry and
hydrography, knowledge base AMBIENT2),  discharge conditions
(geometry  and discharge fluxes,  knowledge base DISCHAR2),
and   information  desired  including  legal  mixing  zone
definitions and toxic dilution zone criteria (knowledge base
ZONES2).   DATIN2 provides consistency  checks,  and gives
advice  for input  parameter selection.

    The system assumes  a schematic rectangular cross-section
bounded  by two banks - or by one bank only for coastal or
other laterally unlimited situations.   The user receives
detailed instructions  on how to approximate actual cross-
sections that may be quite irregular to fit the rectangular
schematization.   The representative schematization with all
relevant hydrodynamic variables that DATIN2  gathers was
given in Figure 2.1.

    DATIN2 contains advice on how  to enter data values and
rejects  inappropriate  or incorrect values.    The advice
elements of  DATIN are  listed in  Appendix A-, of this report.
DATIN2  will  also flag unusual  design cases.  For example,
in  the knowledge base  sub-element DISCHAR2,  if the  users
specifies a discharge horizontal  angle  which is directed
against  the  ambient  current  the  following message   is
displayed:
                            71

-------
     "Note that CORMIX2 will not  analyse  the so-called
      counter-flowing discharges  (with horizontal  angles of
      discharge between 135 to 225 degrees).  In  this  case
      the discharge momentum opposes the  ambient  flow
      leading to complicated recirculation  patterns and
      concentration build-ups  in  the near-field.  This
      situation is  difficult to analyzes and also
      constitutes an UNDESIRABLE  DESIGN.   The user is
      advised to re-evaluate the  design or to  discontinue
      the analysis."                                    [4]

     At its termination DATiN2  triggers  the  next program
 element PARAM2.            !      '

 3.2.2 Parameter Computation; PARAM2

     PARAM2 is a VP-Expert program that  computes all  the
 important and relevant physical  parameters for the given
 discharge case.   This  includes  the  momentum flux and  the
 buoyancy flux per  unit diffuser length  (m0/ and  j0) ,  the
 various length scales  (lq/  lm, 1M, l'm,  l'b,  1'J and other
 values  needed  for  the program  evaluation.   As PARAM2
 executes,    the    user  is   notified    about    important
 characteristics of the flow.   For example:

     "The effluent  density  (1003.2 kg/m**3)  is greater  than
     the surrounding ambient water density at the discharge
     level ( 997.3  kg/m**3;) .   Therefore, the  effluent  is
     negatively buoyant and will tend to  sink towards  the
     bottom."

     At its termination PARAM2 triggers  the  next program
 element,  the knowledge base CLASS2.

 3.2.3  Flow Classification  Element; CLASS2

     CLASS2 _ is a VP-Expert program that classifies the given
 discharge into one of the many  possible  flow configurations
 that have been presented in Chapter II (Figures 2.7 to 2.9) .
 CLASS2  contains  two program elements,  the  knowledge base
 sub-elements CLASS2  and FLOWDES2.

     The goal  of  CLASS2 is to find a  valuation  for  the
 expression   "flow_class"   in   relation   to   the   flow
 classification  scheme.    Each  of  the  possible  flow
 classification has an alphanumeric label (eg.  MU1, MSI, MNU6,
 etc.). CLASS2 irfputs a cache created by PARAM2 that contains
the  length scales  and  other dynamic variables  needed  for
 flow classification,  and uses  the knowledge base rules  to
assign  the  appropriate classification to  the flow.  As  an
example  of the  output from  CLASS2,  the following would
represent some of the information presented  for  a discharge
trapped by the pycnocline in a  two layer density stratified
environment:
                            72

-------
    "The  near  field  flow  configuration  will  have  the
    following features:

    The specified two layer ambient density stratification
    is dynamically important.  The discharge near field flow
    will be  confined  to  the  lower  layer  by the  ambient
    density stratification.   Furthermore,  it is trapped in
    the lower  layer by  the ambient  density jump at  the
    pycnocline.

    The following conclusion  on  the flow  configuration
    applies to the lower layer only of the specified ambient
    stratification condition B.

    Note  that  the  lower layer  will be  overlaid by  the
    surface  layer of the ambient  density  stratification.
    The surface layer  will  remain  undisturbed  by the near
    field  discharge  flow  (with  the exception  of  some
    possible intrusion along the pycnocline)

    The flow class is  MU1 for the design  case represented
    by the DOS file name EXAMPLE."

    A  detailed hydrodynamic  description   of  the  flow is
available  to the user in the knowledge base  sub-element
FLOWDES2.   This detailed output  includes  a description of
the  significant  near  field  mixing  processes,  or  the
hydrodynamic  mixing  zone  (HMZ).    For an  example,  the
description for flow class MU1 appears in Figure 3.2.  The
flow  description  of  all the  classes are  presented  in
Appendix  B.   Typically,  the HMZ is  the region  of strong
initial mixing where the particular design of the outfall
can have an effect on initial dilution.  The HMZ is defined
to give additional information as an aid  to understanding
mixing processes  and to  distinguish  it from purely legal
mixing zone definitions.   CLASS2 also creates a cache output
file  that supplies  the  next  CORMIX2 element  HYDRO2 with
instructions  for  running the appropriate  simulation.   At
its termination  CLASS2 triggers the  next  program element
HYDR02.
3.2.4 Hvdrodvnamie Simulation Element? HYDRO2

    HYDRO2   is   a  Fortran  program  which  executes  the
hydrodynamic simulation program for the flow classification
program specified in CLASS2.  The elements of the simulation
program are based on the   hydrodynamic theory discussed in
the Chapter IT and in more detail  in Chapter IV.

    The  program HYDR02   contains  control   programs  or
"protocols"   corresponding  to  each   hydrodynamic  flow
classification (MU1, MU2,  MSI, etc.) as specified in CLASS2.

                            73

-------
 *** BEGINNING OF FLOW CLASS DESCRIPTION ***

 FLOW CLASS MU1V

 The discharge configuration is hydrodynamically  "stable",
 that is the  discharge  strength (measured by its  momentum
 flux)  is weak in relation to the layer depth and in relation
 to  the  stabilizing  effect  of   the   discharge   buoyancy
 (measured by its buoyancy  flux).   The buoyancy effect  is
 very strong in the  present  case.

 The following flow  zones exist:

 1)  Momentum-dominated near-field  slot  (2-D) jet:  The  flow
 issuing from the  equivalent  slot diffuser  is  initially
 dominated by  the effluent momentum (jet-like)  and  is weakly
 deflected by  the ambient current.

 2)  Buoyancy-dominated (2-D)  plume: After  some distance the
 discharge  buoyancy   becomes  the    dominating    factor
 (plume-like).  The  plume[deflection by  the  ambient current
 is still weak.

 3) Layer boundary impingement/upstream spreading: The weakly
 bent jet/plume impinges on the  layer boundary (water surface
 or pycnocline) at a near-vertical  angle.  After  impingement
 the  flow spreads  in all directions  (more  or less radially)
 along  the  layer boundary.   In  particular, the flow spreads
 some  distance  upstream  against  the  ambient  flow,  and
 laterally  across the  ambient flow.    This  spreading  is
 dominated  by  the  strong buoyancy of the discharge  in which
 strong initial  mixing takes  place.

 ***  The zones  listed  above  constitute  the  HYDRODYNAMIC
 MIXING ZONE   ***

 4)  Buoyant spreading at layer boundary: The plume  spreads
 laterally  along the layer boundary  (surface or  pycnocline)
 while  it is  being  advected by the ambient current.  The
 pluine thickness may decrease during this phase.  The mixing
 rate is relatively  small.   The plume  may interact with a
 nearby  bank or shoreline.

 5)   Passive   ambient  mixing:   After  some  distance  the
background turbulence in the ambient shear flow  becomes the
 dominating mixing mechanism.   The passive plume is  growing
 in depth and in width.   The  plume may interact  with the
 channel  bottom and/or banks.
Figure 3.2    Example of Flow Description

                           74

-------
 ***  Predictions will be terminated in zpne 4 or 5 depending
 on the definitions of the LEGAL MIXING ZONE or  the REGION
 OF INTEREST.  ***

 SPECIAL CASE: If  the  ambient is stagnant, then advection
,and  diffusion by the ambient  flow  (zones 4 and 5) cannot be
 considered.   The  mixing  is  limited to  the  hydrodynamic
 mixing zone  (zones  1 to  3)  and  the  predictions  will  be
 terminated at this stage.

 Such stagnant water  predictions may be  a useful  initial
 mixing indicator  for a given  site and discharge design.

 For  practical final predictions, however, the advection and
 diffusion of the  ambient flow  - no matter  how small  in
 magnitude- should be considered.

 ***  END OF FLOW CLASS DESCRIPTION FILE  ***
 Figure  3.2
(Continued)
                            75

-------
 Each protocol executes a series of subroutines or "modules"
 corresponding to the flow phenomena (e.g.  weakly deflected
 jet in crossflow, buoyant spreading, unidirectional diffuser
 acceleration  zone,  surface  interaction  modules,  buoyant
 spreading, etc.) which may occur in that flow con figuration.
 Hence transition  rules  are needed  to give  the  spacial
 expressions  as to  where  each  flow  region  ends.   Each
 subsequent  flow  region  is given  by  the  initial values
 corresponding to the  final values  of  the preceding  flow
 zone.    More  detailed i explanations  on  protocols   and
 transition rules are discussed  in Chapter  IV.

     HYDR02 creates  a tabular output file of the simulation
 containing infprmation on;geometry (trajectory, width, etc.)
 and mixing  (dilution,  concentration) .   The  user has  the
 option to view the  tabular output file.

     At its termination HYDRO2  triggers the final  program
 element  SUM2.
 3.2.5  Summary Element;  SUM2

     SUM2   is   a  VP-Expert  program  that   summarizes   the
 hydrodynamic   simulation  results   for   the  case  under
 consideration.    SUM2  discusses  the  mixing properties,
 determines the applicability  of  the  legal mixing  zone,  and
 suggests  the  possible  design  alternatives  to improve  the
 mixing characteristics.   Thus,  SUM2  may  be used  as an
 interactive loop  to  guide the  user back to  DATIN2 to alter
 the  design variables.

     The output of SUM2 is divided into four parts which  are:
 the  site  description summary, the hydrodynamic simulation
 summary,  the  analysis of the data,  and finally the design
 advices and recommendations.   All the information related
 to   the   site  identifier,   the  ambient  and  discharge
 characteristics  data,  and  the  various  discharge  length
 scales are listed in the site  description summary.

     The   hydrodynamic  simulation  summary  includes   the
 conditions related to the hydrodynamic mixing zone, legal
mixing  zone  conditions,  toxic  dilution  zone conditions,
region  of  interest  criteria,  information  about  upstream
 intrusion,  bank  attachment   locations,   and  a  passive
diffusion   mixing summary,  depending  if  the  preceding
properties  occur.  The data analysis  part includes detailed
information about the  toxic  dilution  zone  criteria,   the
legal  mixing  zone criteria,   and  the  region  of  interest
criteria.   The last  part deals with design recommendations
where design suggestions"and  advice are given  for improving
the  mixing  properties.     The  design  recommendation
information is listed in Appendix c.
                           76

-------
    At the completion of SUM2, the user is given the option
to exit to DOS,  start  a new design  example,  or modify the
discharge and  mixing zone data for the design case under
consideration using the same general ambient data base.

    Depending  on  the  computer  configuration, J  typical
CORMIX2 session for one Discharge/environment condition may
take about 5 minutes for an advanced 80386-based computer
to 20 minutes for an IBM-PC/XT,  if all necessary input data
is at hand.
                            77

-------
                        Chapter IV

      CORMIX2: Flow Protocols and Simulation Modules

    This  chapter covers  the  hydrodynamic details  of the
effluent  flow  predictions and  mixing  zone  analysis  as
performed  in program element HYDRO2 of  the  expert system
CORMIX2.

    This  chapter begins  by  presenting the  detailed flow
protocols for each of the  32 flow classes  defined in program
element CLASS2  (see Section 2.5).   The  actual prediction
modules   for  each   flow  zone,   including  near-field,
intermediate-field,  and  far-field processes  are discussed
in  Section  4.2.   Finally, in Section  4.3  the appropriate
transition criteria that define  spatial extent  of each flow
zone  (module) are presented,  along with  constants used in
the flow classification and simulation modules.
4.1 Flow Protocols

    The prediction of effluent flow and the related mixing
zone  in the program  element HYDRO2  is  carried out  by
appropriate  flow modules  that are executed according to a
protocol that pertains to each distinct flow configuration
as determined by the classification scheme CLASS2.

    CORMIX2 contains 32 separate  flow modules that apply to
each of the diverse mixing processes that occur  in the near-
and  far-field  of  an  effluent discharge.   The  physical
background of these mixing processes has been discussed in
Chapter  II.   Table  4.1 summarizes  the  flow modules.   A
detailed description of each module is given in Section 4.2.

    The sequence of module execution is governed by a flow
protocol for each  flow class.  These  flow protocols have
been constructed on  the basis of the  same arguments that
have been  presented  in Chapter  II to  develop the  flow
classification.  Detailed  flow protocols for each flow class
are presented  in the following sub-section with extended
explanations on their formulation.

    The spatial extent  of each flow module is  governed by
transition  rules.    These  determine  transitions  between
different  near-field,  and  far-field mixing regions,  and
distances  to boundary interaction.   Section 4." 3  gives a
detailed summary of the transition rules.
                            78

-------
Table 4.1
     Flow Prediction Modules of CORMIX2
Module
(MOD)
          Description
         Simulation Modules for Buoyant Multiport
         Diffusers; Subsurface Near-Field Flows
201

202

211

212

213

214

216

218

221

222

224
271


272


273


274

275
discharge module

discharge (staged diffuser)

weakly deflected plane jet in crossflow

weakly deflected (3-D) wall jet in crossflow

near-vertical plane jet  in linear stratification

near-horizontal plane jet in linear stratification

strongly deflected plane jet in crossflow

weakly deflected (2-D) wall jet in crossflow

weakly deflected plane plume in crosssflow

strongly deflected plane plume in crossflow

negatively buoyant line plume


Simulation Modules for Unstable Multiport
Diffusers: Mixed Near-Field Flows

acceleration  zone  for unidirectional  co-flowing
diffuser

acceleration zone for  unidirectional cross-flowing
diffuser  (tee)

unidirectional  cross-flowing  diffuser  (tee)  in
strong current

acceleration zone for staged diffuser

staged perpendicular diffuser in strong current
                            79

-------
 Table 4.1
               (continued)
Module
 (MOD)
                   Description
 277       alternating perpendicular  diffuser  in unstable
          near-field  zone

 279       negatively  buoyant  staged acceleration  zone


          Simulation  Modules  for Boundary Interaction
          Processes for Stable Multiport Diffusers

          near-vertical   surface/bottom  impingement  with
          buoyant upstream spreading

          near-vertical surface/bottom impingement, upstream
          spreading,    vertical   mixing,    and   buoyant
          restratification

          near-horizontal surface/bottom/pycnocline approach

          terminal  layer  stratified   impingement/upstream
          spreading

          terminal layer injection/upstream spreading

          negatively buoyant diffuser  (3-D) in strong current


          Simulation   Modules   for   Unstable   Multiport
          Diffusers;  Intermediate Field Flows

251       diffuser plume in co-flow

252       diffuser plume in weak crossflow


          Simulation Modules for Buoyant Spreading Processes

241      buoyant layer spreading in uniform ambient

242      buoyant spreading in linearly stratified ambient

243      density current developing along parallel diffuser
          line

244       internal density current developing along parallel
         diffuser line

245      diffuser induced bottom density current
                            80
232


234




235

236


237

238

-------
Table 4.1
     (continued)
Module
(MOD)
261

262
281
          Description
Simulation Modules for Ambient Diffusion Processes

passive diffusion in uniform ambient
passive diffusion in linearly stratified
ambient

Simulation Module  for Density Wedges  in Bounded
Channel

Bottom/surface/internal density wedge
                           81

-------
 4.1.1 Flow  Protocols  for Buoyant Discharges  into Uniform
 ambient Layers (Flow Class MU)

     The classification scheme discussed in Section 2.5.1.3
 with its associated criteria  (see Figure 2.9) already,gives
 an indication of which flow  processes will  occur  for each
 of the  flow  classes,  and hence  which  sequence  of  flow
 modules is necessary for simulation.

     In  some cases, some  of the  modules present in  the
 protocol will  not be  used  due  to  special  circumstances
 related  to  discharge  or  ambient  characteristics.    For
 example, for a non-buoyant discharge,  the buoyant spreading
 regime  (MOD241)  will  be  absent  in  the  applicable  flow
 classes (MU2 to MU9),  or in the  case  of  a stagnant ambient
 environment, the buoyant spreading regime (MOD241)  and the
 passive  diffusion  zone  (MOD261)  will  be  absent  in  the
 applicable flow classes (MU1, MU2, MU3,  MU5,  MU7,  MU8,  and
 MU9) .   The flow protocols for the buoyant discharge  cases
 are listed in  Table 4.2.
 4.1.2 Flow Protocols for Negatively Buoyant Discharges into
 Uniform Ambient  Layers  (Flow Classes MNU)

    The flow protocols  for  negatively buoyant discharges
 into  uniform  ambient  layers,   corresponding to  the  flow
 classes MNU as discussed in Section 2.5.1.4 and  illustrated
 in  Figure 2.10,  are listed in Table  4.3.   Some  of the
 unstable discharge protocols bear some resemblance to those
'for  positively  buoyant  discharges except  for  bottom re-
 stratification and buoyant spreading in the far-field.  This
 is reflected in  different transition criteria.

    In  the cases of stable discharges, boundary  interaction
 interrupts  the  sequence  of  flow regions.   When boundary
 interaction occurs, the sequence will  change to  include the
 appropriate boundary  interaction effect and then continue
 as a surface far-field flow.


 4.1.3 Flow  Protocols for Discharges  Trapped  in Linearly
 Stratified Ambients (Flow Class MS)

    Table 4.4  summarizes the protocols  for the eight  flow
 classes  MS  (refer to Section  2.5.1.2  and  Figure 2.8) in
which the ambient stratification causes an internal trapping
 of the  effluent  flow leading to a terminal layer  formation
and  subsequent  far-field  processes.    All stratification
dominated .flows  (see Fig.  2.'8)  use special  modules that
account  for the  ambient  stratification  in the initial jet
or plume phases  of the flow.
                           82

-------
Table 4.2


Flow Class
Flow Protocols  (MU)  for  Buoyant Discharges
into Uniform Ambient Layers
         Module
Transition
MU1V
                 HMZ  - - -
MU1H
MU2
MU3
         201

         211

         221

         232

         241

         261



         201

         211

         222

     235 or 243

         241

         261



         201

         271

         251

         241

         261



         201

         272

         252

         241

         261
 0

 1

 6

 0

 7
                                             0

                                             1

                                             6

                                            0 or  38,

                                             7
                                              0

                                              21

                                              31

                                              7
                                              0

                                              21

                                              32

                                              7
                            83

-------
Table 4.2
Flow Class
(Continued)
        Module
Transition
MU4






MU5








MU6






MU7








MU8





201

273
_ _ _
241

261
202

274

252
_ _ _
241

261
202

275
_ _ _
241

261
202

274

251
_ _ '—
241

261
201

277 or 234
241

261

0

0

7


0

22

32

7


0
1
0

7


0

22

31

7


0


7

                            04

-------
Table 4.2

Flow Class
(Continued)

         Module
Transition
MU9
         201


     243 or 234
     •B — ^ «•» ^» •

         241


         261
                                             0

                                          38 or 0

                                             7
                            05

-------
Table 4.3
Flow Protocols  (MNU)  for  Negatively Buoyant
Discharges into Uniform Ambient Layers
Flow Class
         Module
Transition
MNU1 201

224

232
HMZ - - -
241

261
MNU2 201
;

216

222

235 or 243
241

261
MNU3 201

218

245
_ _ _
241

261
MNU4 201

238
_ _ _
241

261

0

0

0

7


0
2

3

15

0 or 38
7


0

43

51

7


0

0

7

                           86

-------
Table 4.3


Flow Class
(Continued)


         Module
Transition
MNU5 202

279

212

245
_ _ _
241

261
MNU6 202

238
- - -
241

261
MNU7 . 201

271

251
- - -
241

261
MNU8 201

272

252
_ _ _
241

261
'
0

22

45

51

7


0

0

7


0

21

31

7


0

21

32

7

                           O <7
                           O /

-------
Table 4.3



Flow Class
(Continued)



        Module
Transition
MNU9






MNU10








MNU11






MNU12








MNU13






201

273
- - _
241

261
202

274

252
_ _ _
241

261
202

275
— — ! —
241

261
202

274

251
— — -
241

261
201

277 or | 234
I

241


0

0

7


0

22

32

7


0

0

7


0

22

31

7


0


0

7
                      261
                            08

-------
Table 4.3
Flow Class
(Continued)
         Module
Transition
MNU14
         201
     243  or 234
         241
         261
                                             0
                                          38 or 0
                                             7
                          89

-------
Table 4.4
Flow Protocols  (MS) for Discharges Trapped in
Linearly Stratified Ambients          ;  ;
Flow Class
         Module
Transition
MSI 201

211

216

235
HMZ - - -
242

262
MS 2 201

211

216

244
_ _ _
242

262
MS3 201

213

236
l
242

262
MS4 201

214

237
— — ' —
242

262

0

2

10

0

11


0

2

0

39

11


0

12

10

11


0

13

0

-11

                           90

-------
Table 4.4



Flow Class
(Continued)



         Module
Transition
MS5 201

222

235
_ _ _
242

262
MS6 201

222

244
_ _ _
242

262
MS7 201

221

236
_ _ _ -
242

262
MS8 201

211

221

236
_ _ _
242

262

0

14

0

11


0

14

39

11


0

16

0

11


0

1

16

0

11

                            91

-------
     For instance, in stratification dominated flows (classes
MS3  and MS4),  the weakly deflected module (MOD211)  will be
replaced  by  its  stratified  counterpart,  MOD213,   before
terminal  layer interaction.

     When  terminal  layer  interaction  occurs  the   normal
sequence  of flow regions is interrupted, and the sequence
will change  to  include the  appropriate  terminal  layer
interaction in  Section  2.5.1.2  and  then  continue as an
internal  layer far-field flow.


4,2  Hydrodynamic  Simulation Modules

     This  section presents all the details related for each
of  the modules listed; in  Table  4.1  which  provide the
predictive  element for !a particular  mixing process.  The
modules are grouped in the different flow phases (from near-
field to  far-field) as indicated  in Table 4.1

     There are  two  types', of flow modules:

     i) The continuous types describe the evolution of a flow
process along a trajectory.   Depending on user input,  a
small or  large step interval can be used to  obtain flow and
mixing  information along that trajectory.

     il)  The  control   volume  type  uses  a  control   volume
approach  to describe outflow values as a function of inflow
values  and  based on  conservation principles.   For  either
type, the beginning values are denoted by the subscript "i"
(e.g. S; is beginning dilution)  and final values  are  denoted
by the subscript "f" (e.g. bf is the  final flow half-width).

4.2.1 Simulation Modules for Buoyant Multiport  Diffusers:
Subsurface Near-Field  Plows
4.2.1.1 Introductory Comments

    The flow  equations [in this module  group describe the
trajectory  (x,y,z) of the jet/plume centerline and provide
values along that trajectory for the flow half-width b, the
local concentration c, and the local dilution S.

    If  a  cross-section is  made  through   the  subsurface
multiport diffuser plume, it will exhibit an approximately
rectangular shape.  The length of the rectangle is given by
the diffuser  length  (neglecting diffusion  at both "edges"
of the plume).   The width  of the rectangle is measured by
twice its  transverse  half-width  b.   The half-width  b is
defined here as the "1/e width"  as a typical convention for
Gaussian jet-like  profiles    (see for example,  Holley and
Jirka, 1986).   Thus, b  is  the half-width of the jet/plume
                          92

-------
flow where the local  concentration  is  1/e,  or 37%, of the
centerline concentration.  Since alternate width definitions
are  sometimes  used  in  pollution  analysis,  the  width
definition when multiplied by 0.83 gives the 50% width, by
1/21/2 =  0.71  gives  the standard deviation (61% width), and
by 21/2 = 1.41 gives the 14% width, respectively.

    The local concentration in this  group of modules refers
to the maximum centerline concentration cc at the jet/plume
centerline.  Thus,  the corresponding dilution refers to the
minimum dilution c0/cc in which c0 is the initial discharge
concentration.  It is important to keep  in mind these flow
definitions since they differ, in general, from those found
in modules for subsequent flow zones. These differences are
unavoidable due to  different profile shapes for the  effluent
flow distribution governed by the various mixing processes.

    In CORMIX2 a  global Cartesian coordinate system (x,y,z)
is placed  at  the bottom  of the water body with the origin
(0,0,0) at the half-way point and directly below the center
of the  multiport diffuser  discharge.    The height of the
discharge  orifices above the bottom is h0.  The positive x-
axis is located at  the bottom and directed in the downstream
direction  following the ambient  flow.  The positive y-axis
is located at the bottom and  points to the left, normal to
the ambient  flow direction (x-axis).  The positive z-axis
points vertically upward.  The angle between the discharge
axis y*  and its  projection on  the  horizontal plane  (y**)
(i.e.  the discharge  angle above horizontal)  is  9.   The
discharge-crossflow angle a is the angle between y** and the
x-axis  (a =  0   for  co-flowing  discharges,  a  =  180  for
counter-flowing discharges) measured counter-clockwise from
the x-axis.  The alignment angle 7 is the angle between the
diffuser  axis  in the x-y plane and the  x-axis  (7  =  0° for
parallel  alignment,  7 =  90°  for perpendicular alignment)
measured counter-clockwise from the x-axis. The orientation
angle of  the diffuser discharge  ft is the angle between the
y** and the  diffuser axis  (0  = 0° for a  staged diffuser,  ft
= 90° for a unidirectional diffuser).

    A primed  coordinate system,  (x',y',z'), within a  given
flow region is specified with respect to the virtual source
for that  flow region.  A virtual source  is needed  for each
flow region because  the perturbation analyses used in each
module assume a point discharge source,  which  is physically
unrealistic.  The primed  coordinate  system is related to the
global  coordinate  by
     (x,y,z)  =
(4.1)
 where (x»,yv,zv)  is the global position of the virtual source
 for that flow region.   The position of  the virtual source
 (K,,yv,zv)  is computed by taking the known  flow solution at
 the transition, as given from the previous flow region, and
                           93

-------
 back calculating  the source  position using  the dilution
 equation for the given flow region.

     In general, the  analysis is  extended  to non-vertical
 three-dimensional trajectories within the ambient crossflow.
 A supplementary transverse coordinate r\ is defined here in
 a plane given by the  z-axis  and  the projection of y* onto
 the z-y  plane.   Any  vertical motion  of  the jet  flow is
 controlled  by the  vertical  component of the  discharge
 momentum flux per diffuser length as  well  as the buoyancy
 flux per diffuser  length (which  always acts vertically).
 The transverse (horizontal) motion of the jet flow is solely
 controlled by  the horizontal component of  the  discharge
 momentum flux per diffuser length.

     Defining a as the angle between the discharge axis y*
 and the  crossflow  (x-axis),  and  the  angle 5 between  the
 projection  of y*  on the vertical yz-plane  (transverse
 coordinate r?)  and  the x-axis  the  relationships are
a = sin~'(l - cos20cos2<7)
                           1/2
                                                      (4.2)

                                                      (4.3)

where  e  and a  are the discharge angles.


4,2.1.2  Discharge Module (MOD201K

    This module begins every flow sequence.   In the module
the flow is converted from a uniform velocity distribution
to a Gaussian  profile,  with equivalent momentum flux.   The
representative final  flow  width bt,  from  the  discharge
module
    b, = B(2A)
              1/2
                                                 (4.4)
where B is the slot jet width defined earlier.   No dilution
is assumed  to occur,  so that Sf  = l.o and cf =  c0, where S,
is final dilution  and  cf'and c0 are the final and  discharge
concentrations, respectively. The final x- and y-coordinate
are 0, but  zf = h0.
4.2.1.3 Weakly Deflected Plane Jet In Croaaflow  (MOD21J1

    The results for the mdnf presented in Section 2.6.1.1.3
are extended to include the general 3-D trajectory.  For a
cross-flowing  discharge  (a  >  45°)  the  trajectory  is a
function  of  ij  as  the  independent variable.   Writing  the
trajectory equations  in the virtual coordinate  system in
terms of the supplemental coordinate 77 gives the crossflow
induced deflection

                          94'

-------
    X' =
                 +  ,?'3/2sin1/2a/ (Tu3'2lm1/2)
                                                      (4.5)
where Tn is the trajectory constant for the weakly deflected
jet.   The  expression for  the  transverse coordinate y  is
simply
    y' =  »j'cosS
                                                       (4.6)
    The   vertical  coordinate,   however,   experiences   an
additional perturbation due to buoyant deflection,  or
     > = »?'sinS  +  TT11r?'5/2signJ0/(lM3/2sins/2a)
                                                       (4.7)
where  TTU  is a constant  for the buoyancy  correction, and
signJ0 is equal to +1 for a positively buoyant discharge and
is equal to  -1 for a  negatively buoyant discharge.

    The  flow width is



where  Bn is  a width constant.  The dilution  is expressed  as



where  Sn is  the dilution constant.

     If the discharge  is co-flowing  (« < 45°) , the simulation
should step in x as the primary independent coordinate  and
the  trajectory, width and dilution relationships are

                                                      (4.10)

                                                      (4.11)

                                                      (4.12)

                                                      (4.13)
     z' = ,,'sinS + TTu

     „' = x'tana - x'3/2sina/(Tu3/2lm1/2cos1/2a


     b = Bux'/COSQ:

     S = SuX'1/2/(lq1/2COS1/2a)
 4.2.1.4  weakly  Deflected   (3-m  Wall  Jet  in  Crossflow
 fMOD212l

     In  this flow region unequal  entrainment and spreading
 will be  neglected  in directions parallel and normal to  the
 boundary wall.  The  attached flow has a horizontal ^^um
 flux M,, two times the discharge momentum flux M0 to account
 for the mirror image of the attached flow with the bottom
 symmetry plane,  so  the horizontal  wall momentum flux Mw  -
 2M0cos0. This assumption also results in Qw - 2Q0.

     For a  cross-flowing discharge (a > 45°), the trajectory
 equations  for y'  in terms  of  x' (z =  0  for the attached
 case) becomes

                              95  '

-------
     y'  = T12(2cos*)1/4Lm1/2(x'  - y'cota)
                                    .1/2
                                                      (4.14)
 where  T12  is  a trajectory constant.   The width and dilution
 are given by
     b =  B12y'/sina

     S =  SI2y'(cos^/2)1/2/(Lqsina)
                                                      (4.15)

                                                      (4.16)
 respectively,  where B12  a  width constant,  S12 is a  dilution
 constant,  and  Lq  is thfe three-dimensional  discharge/jet
 length scale  (Table 2.1).  A similar equation system holds
 for the  co-flowing wall  jet  (3-D)  (a  < 45°)  in analogy to
 the free jet (see Section  5.2.1.2, Doneker and Jirka, 1989).
 4.2.1.5  Weakly  Deflected
 (MOD2181
                             (2-D)  wall   Jet  in   Crossflow
     Similar  behavior  as  for  the  3-D  jet  (MOD212)  is
 considered here. The attached flow has a horizontal momentum
 flux m,, two times the discharge momentum flux m0 to account
 for the  half width  of  the attached  flow with  the bottom
 symmetry plane,  so  the  horizontal wall momentum flux nu =
 2m0cos5.  This  assumption also  results in qw =  2q0.

     For a cross-flowing discharge (a > 45°) ,  the trajectory
 equation for y' in terms  of x'  (z = 0 for the attached case)
 becomes
     y'  = T18(2cos0/sina)1/2lm1/3(x'  - y'cota)
                                         2/3
                                                      (4.17)

where T18 is a trajectory'constant.   The width and dilution
are given by
     b = Bj8y'/sina

     S = S18y'1/2(2cos0/sina)1/2/lq1/2
                                                     (4.18)

                                                     (4.19)
respectively,  where  B18  is a width  constant,  and S18 is  a
dilution constant.  A similar equation system holds for  the
co-flowing wall jet  (2-D) (a < 45°)  in analogy to  the mdnf
(a £ 45 ) jet (see Section 4.2.1.3).
4,2.1.6  Near-Vertical Plane  Jet in  Linear Stratifj
(MOD213)	
    For   jets  issued   near-vertically  into   a  density
stratified  environment,  \a  is  greater  than  45° so  the
coordinates  of the flow  in the virtual  coordinate system
are given in  first  order  by a  straight line trajectory
                            96

-------
    X7 = tj'cota                                       (4.20)

    y7 = »77cosS             •..                         (4-21)

    z' = r?'sin$                                       (4.22)

respectively.   The width and dilution are expressed as

    b - Bl3r,'/Sir\a                                     (4.23)

   . S =.Sn9'l/2;(l-S13Asin2tfi?'3/l'»3sin3a)l/2/.lq1/a  '            (4.24)

respectively,  where B13 is a width  constant, and Su and  S13A
are dilution constants.   For  the physical  background, see
Section 2.6.1.2.1.


4^2.1.7 Near-Horizontal Plane Jet  in Linear Stratification
(MOD214)

    The simulation of this module  (occurring in flow class
MS4) is limited to the co-flowing  design, with a  less than
45°.   The  coordinates of the flow in the  virtual coordinate
system are  given by

    z' = rj'sinS                                       (4.25)

    y7 = r;7cos5                                       (4.26)

The width and dilution are given by

    b = B14x7/cosa                                     (4.27)

    S = SMx7l/2/lq1/2cos1/2a                               (4.28)

where  B14  and  S14   are  the  width  and  dilution  constants
respectively.


4.2.1.8  Strongly  Deflected Plane Jet in Crossflow (MOD216)

    In  the  mdff  the  primary  variable  is  x7  due to the
crossflow advection.  The trajectory equations are

    z7 = rj'sinS                                       (4.29)

    r,' = T16lm1/2sin1/2aX7l/2                               (4.30)

where T16  is the trajectory  constant.   The  y-coordinate is
similar to  that for a weakly deflected  jet  in a crossflow.

    The width and dilution of the  flow  are  given by

    b = B16»?7                                          (4.31)
                             97

-------
     S = S16>7'/(lmlq)1/2                             ,      (4.32)

 where  B1S  and  S16  are  the  width  and  dilution  constants
 respectively.


 4.2.1.9  Weakly and  Strongly  Deflected  Plane  Plume  in
 Crossflow  (MOD221  and MOD2221

     As mentioned in Section  2.6.1.1.5,  in order  to decide
 if the flow has a  flat or steep linear trajectory,  one can
 use a criterion j0/ua3 > or < C21 where C21 is a  constant.

     For a  weakly deflected  plume  (MOD221,  J0/ua3  >  C21) the
 trajectory   coordinates  are  a   generalization   of  the
 perturbation solutions presented in Section 2.6.1.1.5.  With
 z' as the primary  coordinate the trajectory equations are

     ,./ _ „ / -i l/2/m -I 1/2  ,
     Jt  — & -*-M / •'•21 •^•m   *

          (TT21AlMcos0  + TT21BlMcos01n(z'/21M)cosa        (4.33)

     y = T21lm1/2cos1/20sin1/2ax'1/2 +

          (TT21AlMcos0  + TT21BlMcos^ln(zV21M)sina        (4.34)

 where T21  is  a  trajectory  constant,  TT21A  and   TT21B  are
 momentum correction  coefficients.  Width and dilution are
 given by                                                 .;

     b = B2iZ'                                           (4.35)

     S = S21z'/(lmlq)1/2       ;            ;                (4.36)

 respectively, where  B21  is  a  width constant  and  S21  is  a
 dilution constant.                   ,

     The   strongly  deflected  plume  (MOD222>  J0/ua3  <  C21)
 trajectory coordinates,  written in the  virtual coordinate
 system as a function of  z', are

     x' = z'l 3/4/T 1 3/4 +                            •

                  + TT21BlMcoS01n(z'/TT21c21M)cosa       (4.37)
    y'  = T^l

      (TT21AlMcos0 + TT21BlMcos^ln(z'/TT21c21M)sina        (4.38)

where T^ is a  constant.

    Width is given by

                             90

-------
                                                     (4.39)

where B^ is a constant, and the dilution by

    S = S22zV(lmlq)l/2                                 (4.40)

where S^ is a constant


4.2.1.10 Negatively Buoyant Line Plume  (MOD2241

    In  this module,  a control  volume approach is  used.
Assuming that  the line plume will travel up to  a  distance
1M vertically,  and assuming the same dilution S as in MOD221
(Eq. 2.32) with  z"  replaced by 1M, the  final dilution is

    S, - S.l^/lq172                                    (4-43)

Similarly the  final width  becomes

    b, = BM1M                                         (4.44)

where S^ differs  from  S21 by a  recirculation factor R,  S^ =
S21/R, with R « 2, and  BM =» B21.

    Here the final  distance  x- coordinate for  the  plume is

    x, = !Mcos7/2                                     (4.45)

and both yf and z, are zero  due  to the fall-back of the plume
to the  bottom.


4.2.2 Simulation Modules  for Unstable Multioort Diffusers;
Mixed Near-Field Flows

    The flow  equations   in   this  module  group  describe
vertically  fully mixed (over the applicable  layer  depth Hs)
diffuser plumes.   The  horizontal  trajectory position  (x,y)
of  the  plume  centerline is  calculated  as  well  as the
horizontal   half-width   bh,   the    minimum    centerline
concentration  cc  and the corresponding centerline  dilution
S.  Except  where noted, the  local  half-width is defined by
the  "1/e width"  of a Gaussian plume (for width conventions
see  Section 4.2.1.1).  The  vertical  thickness bv  of the
plume is,  of course,  equal to the layer height  H,.  The z-
coordinate  of  the flow is arbitrarily placed at the top of
the  layer Hs, with  the  exception of MOD279.

-------
 4.2.2.1 Acceleration Zone  for Unidirectional Co-Flowing
 Diffuser (MOD271)
     This region begins after MOD101  (see Section 4.2.1.2)
with an  initial  value of  bh equal  to LD/2.   The flow  is
analysed  in  the  x-y plane,  with y"  as  the independent
variable.  The straight  line trajectory  equations in the
virtual coordinate system are
      '  =
     ysina
   = ycoscr
                                                      (4.46)

                                                      (4.47)
     The dilution  is  constant throughout  the acceleration
 zone and is              '
         H,sin7/2(lmlq)
                     1/2
         ((H/sin27
                2HslJ/lmlq)1/2
                                                      (4.48)
and the horizontal half-width bh as a function of y"  is
    bh = LD/2  [cr, + (1 -

where :

    X* = 2X/LD

and
                       exp(-3x* (1 + x'3))]
     (S(lm/lq)1/2sinT + 0.5)/(S(lm/lq)1/2sin7  + 1)
                                                      (4.49)
                                                        ; 50)
                                                      (4.51)
     Strictly speaking, the lateral  flow profile gradually
evolves  in  the acceleration  zone  of  the  unidirectional
dif fuser from an  initial: top-hat profile  just downstream
from the dif fuser  line to: a final Gaussian profile  (see Lee
and  Jirka,  1980) .
4.2.2.2 Acceleration Zone for Unidirectional Cross-Flowing
Diffuser  (Tee)  (MOD2721

    The same procedure as the previous section is followed,
and hence  the  equations  used in MOD271 are used here, with
an  additional shoreline  proximity influence  (see Section
2.6.2.1.2).   Thus,  in case of having  a  discharge location
•x, less than the actual dif fuser length LD, the dilution is
reduced by an  exponential; influence factor as follows
S, = S'f (1 - exp(-S72xs/LD))
                                                     (4.52)
where S^ is a constant and s'f represents the dilution value
given by Eq.  (4.48).
                           100

-------
4.2.2.3  Unidirectional  Cross-Flowing Diffuser  (Tee)   in
Strong Current  (MOD273)

    A control volume approach is used in this module.   The
dilution  S  of Eq.  (4.48)  is reduced by the  factor. rs  (see
Eq. 2.51) to  obtain S, for MOD273                        ,
Sf =  (Hssin7/2(lmlq)1/2  +  ((Hs2sin27 + 2HslJ/lmlq)1/2J

      (1 + 5Hssin2T/lJ-1/2
                                                      (4-53)
Again  the same procedure  as before  is  used for  shoreline
interaction,  where Eq.  (4.53) is reduced by an exponential
influence factor  if xs < LD.

    The  horizontal  half -width,  based on  dm  (see  Section
2.6.2.4) ,  is                                   ,
    bh = dmsina/2

and the  final x-,  and y- coordinates are

    x, = LDcosCT/2

    y, = dmsina/2
                                                  (4.54)



                                                  (4.55)

                                                  (4.56)
4.2.2.4  Acceleration Zone for Staged Diffuser  (MOD274)

    This zone begins after a special discharge module MOD202
for the  staged  diffusers.   The only difference to MOD201 is
that  the final  x- and y- coordinates are
     xf = -LDcosCT/2                        ,

     yf = -LDsin<7/2

 in  order to adapt to the staged geometry.

 Hence,  the equations for the trajectory  are

     y '= ys + y"sincr

     x = X; + y"cosa


     The dilution S is constant in this region

     S = S74 ((lm  lq)1/2 - cos7)Hs/(lm  lq)1/2,

 and the horizontal haIf-width is

     bh =  (B74 + 0.5 tan /3)y"
                                                  (4.57)

                                                  (4.58)
                                                  (4.59)

                                                  (4.60)




                                                  (4.61)



                                                  (4.62)

-------
where both  S74 and B?., are constants.
4.2.2.5  Staged  Perpendicular Diffuser  in Strong Current
(MOD275)
    A control volume  approach is used in this mode similar
to MOD273.   The same equations are used as  in MOD273 with
the exception of having the angle a  replaced by 7 in Eqs.
(4.54 to 4.56).   The  final  dilution equation is
    S - S7S(Hyiq)1/2(l + 2.23HssinVlJ1/2
Shoreline proximity does; not apply in this case.
                                                     (4.63)
4.2.2.6 Alternating Perpendicular Diffuser in Unstable Near-
Field Zone  (MOD277)
    A control volume approach is used in this module, where
the final y- coordinate is zero, and the final x, coordinate
is as follows
    xf =  (Locos-/ + 5Hs)/2
The final dilution  is
    S - H,((0.251m + lMsin27)/lMlmlq)1/2
and the final horizontal width  is
    bh =  (I^sin? + 5HJ/2
                                                     (4,.64)
                                                     (4.65)
                                                     (4.66)
4.2.2.7 Negatively Buoyant Staged Acceleration Zone (MOD2791
    A three-dimensional  diffuser plume develops  along the
staged diffuser axis.
    The  following module  equations are  similar to  those
developed by Lee  (1980).
    The dilution increases  along  the diffuser axis as
    S = Sw(y"/lq)
the thickness as
                1/2
and the horizontal width as
    bh =  (B* +  0.5 tan 0)v"
                          102
                                                     (4.67)
                                                     (4.68)
                                                     (4.6.9)

-------
    The  trajectory coordinates  are  similar  to  those of
MOD274.
4.2.3 Simulation Modules for Boundary Interaction Processes
for Stable Multiport Diffusers

    When  the flow interacts  with a boundary  such as the
surface, bottom, or pycnocline density jump,  an appropriate
interaction module will be used to describe the process. The
only difference is the centerline height of the flow as well
as any hydrostatic adjustment process  for pycnocline flows
(see Section 2.23 Doneker and Jirka,  1990).

    In  all  of  these modules  a  control volume approach is
used.    Generally,  a bell-shaped   jet/plume inflow  is
transformed  to  a more uniform (top-hat) outflow zone that
follows the boundary (surface, bottom, pycnocline)  or flows
in   the   stratified   terminal   layer.      Thus,  after
transformation the final geometric values are the trajectory
(xf,  yf,   zf) ,  the  total  vertical  thickness  b^,   and  the
horizontal half-width bu of  the profile.  Also concentration
and dilution values refer to average values which, within
the top hat profile,  tend to be close to extreme  (maximum
or minimum,  respectively) values.

    Most  of the boundary interaction modules, namely the
near-vertical  surface  impingement  with  buoyant  upstream
spreading (MOD232),  the  near-vertical surface impingement
with   unstable  recirculation  (MOD234) ,  the stratified
terminal  layer impingement with buoyant spreading  (MOD236),
and  the  stratified near-vertical  surface  injection with
upstream spreading  (MOD237)  are  identical   to  the ones
presented by Doneker and Jirka (1989  their,  MOD32, MOD34,
MOD36,  and MOD37 respectively).  The following two modules,
however,  applies to the multiport diffuser  alone.

4.2.3.1 Near-Horizontal surface/Bottom/Pvcnocline Approach
 (MOD235)

     In this simplest approach condition, the bent over flow
approaches  the   interface   near-horizontally   with   an
impingement angle 6{ < 45°.

     The final x-coordinate is  given by a  geometric  shift
due  to the size of the in-flowing jet/plume
     x =
                                                     (4.70)
 y, is  set equal to yu  and z, equal  to  zt.  The  final bulk
 dilution is
     Sf
                                                     (4.71)
                           103

-------
 and the vertical width is;
 where SBjs is a bulk mixing conversion factor.

     The  final horizontal  half-width  is  calculated  (see
 Section 2.6.1.3)  to be
                                                      (4.72)
                                                      (4.73)
 4.2.3.2 Negatively Buoyant Diffuser (3-D) in Strong Current
 (MOD2381	


     The diffuser plume will occupy  a  thin layer only near
 the bottom of the ambient flow.


     For a parallel diffuser,  the thickness is given by

     bvt  = B^ LM                                      (4.74)

 with a  lateral width


     H.  -i>
            cos 7 + b-
         **                ,


The lateral coordinate is ishifted

    y, - 1^ sin a


and the downstream final position is
    x, =
            sin -y +
                                                      (4.75)
                                                     (4.76)
(4.77)
 For  a perpendicular diffuser the  corresponding equations
are
             1M
                                                     (4.78)
     'ht = -^ COS 7 + b^
                                                     (4.79)
    yf = lm sin
                                                     (4.80)
            sin 7  + 1M
                                                     (4.81)
In either case, zf = 0  and the final dilution is cross-flow
controlled

                           104

-------
      — 2
                   (1, 1-)
                         1/2
                                                    (4.82)
4.2.4  Simulation Modules for Unstable Multinort Diffusersi
intermediate-Field Flows
    As mentioned in Section 2.6.2.4,  the intermediate-field
plume for the unidirectional or  staged  diffuser is divided
into two  regions.   Region  1  starts immediately after  the
acceleration  zone,  and extends up  to a  distance  where
restratification  occurs.   This distance  (Eq.  2.59)   is
determined  by a critical  densimetric  Froude  number (Fc =
Uc/tg'cHs)1'2,  g'c  =  g'o/S) , where Fc  depends  on  the  diffuser
type.  For the unidirectional  diffuser,  Fc will be indicated
by F^,  and for the staged by F^ (see Table 4.8).
    Region  2  starts when the  flow restratifies.   In that
region  the  flow  has  a  superimposed  surface  spreading
(Section 2.6.2.4).

    In  this module group,  the conventions  for horizontal
half-width  bh/ the minimum centerline concentration cc, and
the corresponding dilution S are identical to those defined
in Section  4.2.2.
4.2.4.1 Diffuser Plume in Co-Flow (MOD251)

     In Region 1: Because the discharge is approximately co-
flowing,   the   simulation  steps  in  x'  as  the  primary
independent coordinate.  Thus,
    y'  =  x'tana  - x'3/2sina/T53/2dm1/2cos1/2a

and the dilution is

    S = SaX'^/d^cos1^

and the horizontal half-width bh  is
                                                     (4.83)
                                                     (4.84)
     bh =
                                                     (4.85)

where  T5, S5,  and  Bs are  constants.    Because the  flow is
vertically  completely  mixed, the vertical  thickness bv is
set equal to Ht.

    Region  2:  The same  trajectory  and dilution  equations
are  used as  in  the first  region,  but  both vertical  and
horizontal  widths  are  changed,  hence
     bh = BB,,
                          (X7/4 - X',7'4)2'3 + bu
                                                      (4.86)
 and
                          105

-------
                 5                                     (4.87)

 where BBS  is  a constant,  S, and S are the initial and  local
 dilution,  respectively,  and  bw  the final horizontal  width
 at the end of region 1.                                 .


 4,2.4.2 Diffuser Plume in Weafc Cross-Flow  (MOD252Y

     A procedure analogous to  MOD151  is used here for both
 regions.  The only difference is  that instead of stepping
 in x7, the primary coordinate is  y'  because the discharge
 is cross-flowing.   The equations are modified accordingly.
 For example,  the trajectory relation is
x/ =
                          + y'cota
                                                 (4.88)
 4,2.5 Simulation Modules for Buoyant Spreading Processes

     The  flow distribution  inherent  in  the two  buoyant
 spreading modules is mostly uniform (top-hat).  Hence, the
 same interpretations on geometric (width) and dilution  (or
 concentration)  values apply  (see  introductory comments to
 Section 4.2.3).


 4.2.5.1 Buoyant Surface/Bottom Spreading  (MODS411 and
 Buoyant Terminal Laver Spreading (MOD2421

     The  equations   for  MOD241  and MOD242   are  the  same
 equations used  in Doneker and Jirka  (1990), MOD41 and MOD42
 respectively.
4.2.5.2  Density Current Developing Along Parallel Diffuaer
Line  (MOD2431                              ~~           ~~	

    The  physical  background  for  the  cumulative  density
current  along the diffuser  line was presented  in Section
2.6.3.1.  The flow equations are

    bh = [(bu3'2 + (lm/lM)3'2/(2  C^)  .(x3'2 -  Xi3/2))]2/3       (4.89)

    bv = Sf(lq lm)1/2  x/2bh + (bybyb, - Sf(lq lm)1/2x/2bh)   (4.90)

where B43 is a constant  and                  ;

    khi = (LDCOS7 +  5HJ/2                             (4.91)

and                       '
                                                     (4.92)
                           106

-------
    The position x  is defined as

    x = (-Ifecosr + 5HJ/2

and the dilution is as follows

    Sf = Hs(S43/lMlq + S43AsinVlmlq)V2

where S43 and S43A are both dilution constants.
                                                     (4.93)
                                                     (4.94)
4.2.5.3 Internal Density  Current Developing Along Parallel
Piffuser Line  (MOD244)

    Referring  to Section  2.6.3.2,  the flow equations are

    bh = [(bw2 + (2/CD)I/2(Sf(lqlJ1/2(x2-x2)/41a +

  .       k(x-  Xi))]1'2                                 (4-95)
    bv = (Sf(lq  lJ1/2(x  -  Xi)/2 + k)/bh


where

    k =  (b^u, - st(l, lm)1/2)xi/2)
                                                     (4.96)
                                                     (4.97)
4.2.5.4 Diffuser  Induced Bottom Density Current (MOD2 451

    MOD245  represents  a bottom density  current that  is
greatly  affected/ however,  by  the momentum  flux of  the
diffuser thus  leading to a  trajectory that is similar to a
two-dimensional   wall jet   (MOD218) .    Thus,  the  module
equations are similar to those for MOD218 with superimposed
spreading  (MOD241) .
4.2.6 Simulation Modules for
                                      Diffusion Processes
    The  physical  processes  underlying  the  two  ambient
diffusion modules  (MOD261 and MOD262) have ben presented in
Section  2.5.4.   The  equations for  MOD261 and  MOD262 are
identical to  those used by Doneker  and Jirka  (1989,  their
MOD61 and MOD62, respectively).

4.2.7    Simulation Module  for  Density  Wedae  in  Bounded
Channel
4.2.7.1  Bottom/Surface/lnternal Density Wedae (MOD281)

    Note that MOD281 does not occupy a fixed position in the
predictive protocols.   However,  MOD281  will .be executed at
                         .   107

-------
 the end of the HMZ for any flow class  (see Tables 4.2, 4 3
 or 4.4) if two conditions hold:  a) the channel is bounded
 and b) examination of the HMZ final results indicates that
 lateral interaction of the plume with both banks does occur
 This  is usually  the case for strongly  buoyant discharges
 into a low velocity ambient environment.

     The governing equations have been presented in Section
 2.6.3.3.  These are the limiting dilution Sn, Eq. (2.75) for
 wedges with critical  boundary control,  the  channel Froude
 number, Eq.  (2.76a), the icritical depth hc, Eq. (2.76b), and
 the wedge lengths L, for bottom (Eq. 2.77) and surface (Eq.
 2.78), respectively.     I

     For subcritical wedges,  the  corresponding equations on
  oo ^ayer  depth  h" Eq' ;  <2-79)'  ^e  Froude numbers,  Eq.
 (2.80) and  (2.83), and the wedge lengths,  Eq.  (2.82)  and
 (2.85),  for  bottom   or  surface  and   internal   wedges,
 respectively.
 •^ — Transition Rules. Flow Criteria and Coefficient Values

     This section provides the  detailed equations  for  the
 transition rules  listed  in the  flow protocols that control
 the spatial extent of eabh flow module.  It  also  provides
 the complete functional  form  for the criteria,  including
 terminal height evaluations that have been used in the flow
 classification  presented; in Chapter III.   Furthermore,  a
 listing and }ustification of all  numerical  coefficients is
 supplied.
4.3.1 Transition  Rules

    Transition  rules  are  needed  to  give  the   spatial
expressions  as  to where  each  flow region  ends.   Each
subsequent  flow  region  is assigned initial  values that
corresponding  to the final values of  the preceding flow
region.  Transition rules used in the simulation appear  in
Table 4.5, and the constant values for the  transition rules
appear in Table 4.9.     i

    For example, Transitibn Rule 2 gives the final  value  of
a weakly deflected plane jet coordinate  when it is  followed
by  a strongly  deflected  plane  jet  in  crossflow.   The
transition from one region to  the other  is  characterized  by
the plane jet/crossflow length scale lm.  if the horizontal
discharge angle  is a,  the  final supplementary coordinate
rj  it and the final x-coordinate x'f, transition  rule  l yields
                           100

-------
Table 4.5
Transition Rules
Transition  From   To     Equation
Rule        MOD    MOD
1

2

3
6


7

10

11
12
13



14
15

16
21

211
211
211

216
221
222
222
241

216
216
242
213
214



222
222
222
221
271
272
221 a > 45% n't = TC11M sin a
222 a < 45% X', = TC11M COS a
216 a > 45°, r)'t = Tc2lm sin a
a < 45% X'f = TC2lm COS a
O O O V ' — T1 1
£t £»£» •"•f~"~AC3J'M
232 Zf = 0.75HS + 0.25h0
235
243
261 Xf = x,+ (23/2/3)CD4l1/2(bM3/2/I^1/2)
ttt
rr/OT Vj \ / f Q -pT T "R \ 1 ' — 1 \
235 z'f = Tclolm1/4 lm'3/4 sin1/2*
244
262 X, = X; + (2CD«)1/2/(2-0) ('Lmr2btsi/'Lm/'bvi)
236 z/ = TC12 I,/ sin1/35 +
OT7 ^^ — T1 1' cfin^fl -1-
£ J / zf •'•C13-Lm Ss-L.ll C ~
rm ^l/3/l /2^ rT> 45°, y/ = TC13P lm7 Sin a
a < 45°, X,' = TC13P !„' COS a
244 Zf = Tcl4lb3/2/l,1/2
235 z, = max(0.25h0/0.25Zi)
243
236 z', = TC16V
. 251 y"( = T^LD
252
                           109

-------
Table 4.5    (Continued)
Transit!
Rule
22


31
32
38
39
43

45

51

.on From
MOD
274
274
279
251
252
243
244
218

212

245

To
MOD
251
252
212
241
241
241
242
245

245

241

Equation
y"f = LoCOS/5


x', = T^4/]
y't = T^V/I
| Xf = (LjjCOS?
V = i^cos-,
a > 45°, y'f
a < 45°, x'f
! o > 45°, y',
a < 45% x'f
a > 45°, y'{
a < 45°, X',




^X3
"cX3
+ 5HJ/2
/2
= Tc43lM sin a
= T^IM COS a
= TC^LM sin a
= T0)sLM COS cr
= TCSJ!^ sin a
= TCJ^ COS a
                           11-0

-------
     «*'f = Tc2lm             a > 45°                    (4.98)

     x/f = TC2lm             a < 45°                    (4.99)

 where TC2 is a constant (Transition rule Constant 2.) .

     As shown in Tables 4.2 to 4.4 the proper transition rule
 depends on the sequence of  current flow module to next flow
 module.   In general, flow  transition  between flow regimes
 are smooth due to matching volumetric dilutions.  There may
 occasionally be slight discontinuities in the predicted flow
 width.


 4.3.2  Flow Classification Criteria

     A summary of the detailed classification criteria  that
 have been  shown in "order of magnitude" form on Figures 2 8
 to  2.10  is provided  in Table 4.6.  The labels Cl,  C2,  etc
 correspond to the labels used on those figures.  The values
 of  the numerical  constants are also included  in the first
 column  of  Table 4.6  with  reference or  comments on  how  they
 were obtained.                                            *


 4.3.3 Terminal Laver Expressions

     Table  4.7  lists  the detailed terminal height equations
 used in Figure 2.8 of the  flow classification scheme.   The
 equations may differ from the usual equations available in
 the  literature through  geometric factors that measure  the
 vertical  or  horizontal  momentum strengths  and   throuqh
 factors measuring the direction of the buoyancy force.   The
 first column also  gives  the adopted numerical values with
 the  appropriate reference.


 4.3.4 Model Coefficient Values

    Any predictive model describing turbulent flow processed
 contains a number of  constants that must  be determined from
 experimental  data.    The  predictive   flow  modules   and
 transition rules of CORMIX2  are listed in Table 4.8  and 4.9,
 respectively.  A large number of constants appear as
 required by the different  physical processes  in the various
 flow  zones.  The reader is referred to Doneker and Jirka
 (1990)  regarding   the procedure  for  adopting  numerical
constants with consistency checks among different types of
constants.
                          Ill

-------
Table 4.6
Flow Classification Criteria
Criterion
Value
     Equation Used
     in CLASS2
Data Sources,  and
References,
or Comments
     0.75
C2 = 0.90
C3 = 2.2

C  = 0.54
c*  =0.1
 4A
                     m
                            From List (1982),
                            Wright     (1979,
                            1982) , and Roberts
                            (1989)

                            From Abdelwahed and
                            Chu  (1982)

                            From Roberts (1977)

                            From Jirka (1973,
                            1982)
C4' = 0.22


C5 " 10

C- = 10
 o

C? =- 0.54
C0 = 0.54
 O
C9 = 0.4
C1Q = 0.17
     VHs I

     1m/Hs
                           m
     VHs
      LMl/Lm
From Jirka  (1982)

From Jirka  (1982)

From Jirka  (1982)

From Jirka  (1973,
1982)
From Jirka  (1973,
1982)

From Abdelwahed and
Chu  (1982)

From Jirka (1982) ,
Wright (1977),  List
(1982) , andHolley
and Jirka  (1986)

From Jirka (1982) ,
Wright (1977),  List
(1982) , andHolley
and Jirka  (1986)
                           112

-------
Table 4.7

Constant
and Value
               Stratified Terminal Height Expressions
                    Equation Used
                    in  CLASS2
                                       Reference, or
                                       Comments
'12
"T3
'T4
~T5
.=  2.4




 =  2.4




 =  2.3


 =  2.3


 """"  £t • O
CT6 - 2'5
'T7
"T8
   1.7

   1.7
                         1/41 /3/4sin1/25 From  List (1982),
                        m                 and Abdelwahed
                                          and Chu (1982)

                         1/41 /3/4sin1/25 From  List (1982),
                        m    m            and Abdelwahed
                                          and Chu (1982)

                                          From  List (1982)

                                          From  List (1982)
CT3Vsin
                          Sin
                             1/3,
CT5V
                             /I
                                1/2
                         ,3/2   1/2
                                          From Roberts  (1977,
                                          and  1989)

                                          From Roberts  (1977,
                                          and  1989)

                                          From Roberts  (1977)

                                          From Roberts  (1977)
                            113

-------
Table 4.8 Module
Coefficient
rn rii
11' ^18
Sll' S13' S14' S18
Bll' B13' B14' B18
TT11
T12
S12
B12
S13A
T16
S16
B16
T21
S21
B21' B24
TT21A
TT21B
TT21C
T22
S22
B22
S24
B38A' B38B

Constants
Value
2.7
0.58
0.13
0.20
2.3
0.18
0.11
0.011
1.6
0.30
0.25
0.36
0.54
0.15
2.5
0.79
2.0
0.25
1.16
0.60
0.27
ol.is
114
Data Source,
Reference, or
From Holley
(1986)
ii
it
it
From Doneker
(1990)
ii
ii
ii
"
ii
ii
Summary
Comment
and Jirka



and Jirka






From Holley and Jirka
(1986)
"
ii
ii
ii
ii
From Davidson





(1989)
From Doneker and Jirka
(1990)
it

From Holley and Jirka
(1986)
Doneker and Jirka (1990)



-------
Table 4.8

Coefficient
(Continued)

        Value
          Data Source, Summary
          Reference, or Comment
 43

S43A

CD,
  43
CD
  44
 •50
B
 50
BB50

Fc50u

Fc50s

SNBR
    70
 74
B74' B79
 75A
0.25

0.64

0.8



1.2

0.58


1.0




0.21




0.48

0.25

2.5

1.5

3.22

0.50




0.15


0.67

2.23
                                   From Jirka (1982)
                  From Simpson (1982),  and
                  Jirka and Arita (1987)
                  From Hoiley and Jirka
                  (1986)

                  From Brocard (1977),
                  and Stolzenbach et.  al
                  (1976)

                  From Brocard (1977),
                  and Stolzenbach et.  al
                  (1976)
                  After Lee (1984)

                  From Lee (1981),  and
                  Stolzenbach Si Almquist
                  (1981)

                  From Holley and Jirka
                  (1986)

                  From Jirka (1982)
The  rest  of  the  constants  for  MOD232,  MOD234, MOD236,
MOD237, MOD241,  MOD242,  MOD261,  and MOD262, are  identical
to MOD32,  MOD34, MOD36,  MOD37,  MOD41,  MOD42,  MOD61,  and
MOD62, presented by Doneker and Jirka  (1990) respectively.
                             115

-------
Table 4.9

Coefficient
Coefficients In Transition Rules

        Value     Data Source,  Summary
                  Reference,  or Comment
T
•"•ci
T
1C2
T
C3
T
CIO
T
C12
TC12B
T
C13
TC13B
TC13P
T
C14
T
C16
T
C21
TC31U
TC31S
TC32u
TC32s
T
C43
T
C45
T
•"•C51

2.0
2.6
2.0
2.4
2.3
2.0
2.3
I
2.0
10.0
2.3
1.7
0.5
2.0
0.65
1.55
0.4
2.5
5.0
3.0
' 116
From Holley and Jirka
(1986)
From Wright (1977) , List
(1982), Wong (1982), and
Holley and Jirka (1986)
n . .--
ii
From Holley and Jirka
(1986)
n
From Wright (1977) , List
(1982), Wong (1982), and
Holley and Jirka (1986)

From Roberts (1989)
n
From Jirka (1982)
n
n .
it
n
From Holley and Jirka
(1986)
From Wright (1977), List
(1982), Wong (1982), and
Holley and Jirka (1986)
• ' • n


-------
                         Chapter V

             System Validation and Application
5.1 Comparison with Laboratory and Field Data

    In  this  section  the predictions  of CORMIX2  will be
compared with laboratory and  field data.   This section is
not meant  to  be an exhaustive validation  of all possible
CORMIX2 flow classes and associated predictions, but rather
to test the key  CORMIX2 modules that are common to many  flow
protocols  (flow classes) and to illustrate the flexibility
of the system in handling complex environment and discharge
conditions.

    While  CORMIX2  can  accommodate  many  possible   flow
configurations, actual  available  laboratory or field  data
are quite  limited.   In  Section 5.1.1 comparisons are  made
with data for diffusers  discharging in deep receiving water
in  the absence  of  any  boundary  effects.    Section 5.1.2
addresses flows related to diffusers  discharging in shallow
receiving  water  in  which different   forms   of  boundary
interaction processes play a significant role.

    In  all of  the  comparisons shown below  the numerical
constants and coefficient values have been consistently set
to the values summarized in Chapter  IV.

    To facilitate comparison with the  non-dimensionalization
that  is frequently used in  the available  literature the
following parameters are introduced:
Densimetric Froude Number based on port diameter

    F0  =  u0/(g'0D)l/2

Densimetric Froude Number based on slot width

    Fro = u0/(g'0B)1/2 = '•« 'i ^3/4

Jet/Crossflow Ratio
    R = Uo/us = (1./1,)
                     1/2
                                                      (5.1)
                                                      (5.2)
                                                      (5.3)
5.1.1 Diffuser Discharges in Deep Receiving Water

    This sub-section presents analyses of near-field flows,
starting  with buoyant  raultiport diffuser in  a stagnant
uniform  ambient,  followed  by  positively  and  negatively
buoyant multiport diffuser in uniform  co-flowing currents,
and,  finally,  flows in  stratified  stagnant  ambient.   To
validate  these  buoyant  jet  near-field  flows,   CORMIX2


                            117

-------
 predictions are compared with laboratory data from Cederwall
 (1963), Davidson  (1989), Isaacson et. al.  (1983), and Tong
 and Stolzenbach  (1979).
 5.1.1.1 Unstratified
 5.1.1.1.1 Stagnant Amb-ienfr,

     Figure 5.la and 5.lb show one case of Cederwall's  (1963)
 centerline  dilution  and  trajectory data,  adapted from
 Davidson  (1989), for  a two-dimensional  (slot)  buoyant jet
 in a stagnant  uniform ambient  water compared with CORMIX2
 projections.  The buoyant jets were discharged horizontally
 (8 =  0°)  into  a uniform  ambient  density  tank.   For this
 stagnant  environment  (for which  lm tends  to  infinity)
 CORMIX2 classifies  the flow as MU1V  (mdnf, bd-v), since the
 flow is  hydrodynamically stable  (previously discussed in
 Chapter II). Figure 5.la;shows Cederwall's two-dimensional
 buoyant jet dilution  data plotted against  the  vertical z-
 coordinate  (normalized by both the  slot  width B  and the
 densimetric Froude  number based on slot width Fro).  Figure
 5.1b shows the  corresponding trajectory data  (both x- and
 z-coordinates normalized by both the  slot width B and the
 densimetric Froude number based  on  slot width Fro) .   Note
 that 1M  - BFro"/3 is indeed  the appropriate  normalization
 length.   The flow travels I horizontally at first, after some
 distance the buoyancy force deflects  the flow  vertically.
 For this  stagnant  condition  the predicted  dilution  and
 trajectory  seem to  be  in  excellent agreement  with  the
 observed plume  data.      ;


 5.1.1.1.2 Co-Flowing  Ambient

     Figure 5.2   and 5.3  show the  trajectory  data  from  an
 experiment  of  Davidson  (1989)  for  a  multiport  buoyant
 discharge in a  co-flowing  unstratified ambient  (9 = 0°,  and
 a  - 0°) with velocity  ratio R = 5 and  R = 8.33  (R  = u0/ua) ,
 respectively.    The experiment with R. =  5  (Figure  5.32)
 possesses more  discharge  momentum (F0 = 8.3)  than  the  one
 with R = 8.33 (F0 = 5.6)  (Figure 5.3).  Here CORMIX2  (flow
 class  MU1H,  mdnf,   bd-h)  predicts   a  slightly   stronger
 deflected plume than shown by the experimental  data.

    Note  that   this  comparison  is   only  valid   for  the
particular diffuser spacing to  port  diameter ratio  (s/D =
 27.3) as used in Davidson's experiment.

    Furthermore,  it must  be  stressed that  in Davidson's
experiments  the diffuser  nozzles  were well elevated  above
the bottom (h0/D =-  83.33)  so that the diffuser plume was
able to rise away from the bottom and ambient flow  could
                          : 110

-------
            100
              10
                -  Data
                   • Cederwall, 1971 (Fro= 13.6-25.2}
                - CORMIX2:
                  — Centerline Dilution
                     9 = 0°, 
-------
     z
    ^••OT*
     D
        80
       60
        40
        20
Data:
 o    Davidson, 1989
CORMIX2:  !
•	Centerline Trajectory
FQ = 8.3,   R = 5
0=0°,  cr = q°

£ = 27.3
                                     °°
                  ,00
                    .00
                00
               200   400   60O   800   1000
                           D
Figure 5.2    Horizontal Multiport Buoyant Jet Trajectory
             in a Co-Flowing Ambient (Relative Spacing s/D
             =27.3)
                           120

-------
                  Data:
                   o    Davidson, 1989

                  CORMIX2:
z
^M>B*
D



100
80
60
40
20
0
C
w<
_ F0=5.6,
- 0=0°,
"" — -0*7
- D " 27'
^B
HBB
00^
~~p
o 1 1
) IOO

~uieimic iiujcuiury
R = 8.33
3
oo°°
oo^0-0^'
*>
1 1 1 1 1 ^
2OO 300
X
D
Figure  5.3
Horizontal Multiport Buoyant  Jet  Trajectory
in a Co-Flowing Ambient (Relative Spacing s/D
= 27.3)
                          121

-------
pass  below the plume.   For lesser elevations  the  diffuser
plume could stay  trapped to the bottom and  CORMIX2  (see
criterion C,) would predict  such attachment (leading to  a
flow  class MNU2) .

    CORMIX2 assumes  Gaussian  distribution profiles • for
velocity and concentration;   In Davidson's  experiment,  the
concentration profiles show considerable irregularity which
may explain some disagreement in the trajectories.   Other
explanations are related to the exact method of determining
the    centerline   position,    experimental   setup,    and
unsteadiness of the flow.

    Figure 5.4  shows the  dilution  data for two different
experiments by  Davidson (1989), each having a different  R
and F0.   Both  dilution and  the vertical z -coordinate  are
normalized as shown in  the; figure.   Note that  s/D  is  fixed
and equal  to  27.3 as  in the previous  figures.   :CORMIX2 '
somewhat underpredicts the centerline dilution.. Again, this
disagreement is  related to the  method of determining  the
centerline position,  and to the  assumption ,  of  having  a
Gaussian concentration  profile.
5.1.1.1.3 Negatively Buoyant Discharges

    Figure  5.5  shows the  centerline trajectory and plume
boundaries  of an experiment by Tong  and Stolzenbach  (1979)
for a negatively buoyant unidirectional diffuser discharging
vertically  (6 = 90°) into a co-flowing crossflow (a = 0°, and
7 = 90°) with R =  9.36.   In this case CORMIX2  predicts an
JMNU2  (mdnf,  mdff,  bd-h, bottom  approach)  flow class with
numerical  results  that are  in  good agreement  with  the
visually observed plume boundaries  (the dilution predicted
by  CORMIX2  at   different  locations  agree  with  the
experimental ones) , however,  the flow becomes  attached at
a distance greater than the observed one.  This difference
is  due  to  the initial  three  dimensional  flow of  the
individual diffuser jets near the discharge location.  This
aspect can be better predicted by using CORMIX1 (using same
nozzle diameter and spacing length as  channel  width) .


5.1.1.. 2 Stratified Stagnant ambient:

    Laboratory  measurements   on  a  multiport  diffuser
discharging  into  a stratified  ambient were  performed by
Isaacson (1983).  The data 'presented in Table  5.1 is for a
hydraulic model study  of  a sanitary wastewater diffuser
discharge into the ocean under dry weather  flow conditions.
An  alternating  diffuser  with   three nozzles per  riser
discharging into a stratified ..crossf lowing ambient current
(7 = 90°) was used in the model.   The  ocean density profiles
for the dry weather case were fitted by a type  D (see Figure
                            122

-------
    -
     M
           I04-
           10
           10'
           10
                       O3
                    .dL. - py •*
                     o -•*•*•*
                 Data:
                    Davidson,  1989
                 O F0=3.2,   R=5
                 D F0 = 33.l ,  R=2O
                 CORMIX2: Centerline  Dilution
                 0 = 0°, cr=0°
                            10'
                         10'
10'
                                z
                               •*••>••
                                L;
Figure 5.4
Dilution for  Buoyant Multiport Discharge  in
a Co-Flowing Ambient  (Relative Spacing s/D =
27.3)
                             123

-------
              c\j
in
ii
Q
CD
r«-
CD
rn -*= >»
« °J o w.
ro " o .2
in X •£> o
— C fl>
"„ - 
-------
Table 5.1
              Comparison Between Laboratory Test Results

              (Isaason et. al., 1983) and CORMIX2
(cm)    (m)
 H


(m)
*o


Vs)
                          Test
                                #
                                     (1)
(2)     (3)
8.2   10.97  22.860.0052   DW-1     103



8.2   10.97  22.86  0.0092   DW-5      68
                                             105     106.8



                                              80     86.9
 (1)'S  = Measured minimum dilution.
 x  '  m

 (2) S  = Measured average dilution.
     a

 (3) S  = CORMIX2  centerline dilution.
     P
                             125

-------
 2.1) profile.   In both dry weather cases  (DW-1 and  DW-5)
 CORMIX2 predicts  an MS7 ;(bd-v, terminal layer  impingement
 with upstream spreading);flow  class with numerical results
 that are  in good agreement (7%-14%  difference)  with the
 average  and minimum measured  dilution.    The comparison
 between the minimum dilution predicted by CORMIX2 and the
 measured  average  and  minimum dilutions  as  reported  by
 Isaacson  is  given  in  Table 5.1.   Although details  (e.g.
 height of terminal  levels)  on  these  model results are not
 reported, the comparison:give  good support to CORMIX2.


 5-1.2	Diffuser Discharges in  Shallow Receiving Water

     This section  is intended to illustrate the ability of
 CORMIX2  to  predict flow  dynamics  of different  shallow
 diffuser  types  discharging  into  either a stagnant  or  a
 flowing unstratified ambient  in  the presence  of  various
 boundary interaction processes.  CORMIX2  predictions are
 compared with experimental data from Brocard (1977),  Jirka
 (1973), Roberts (1977), and Stolzenbach et. al. (1976).


 5.1.2.1 Unidirectional Diffuser

     Figures  5.6   and 5.7 present surface isotherms  for
 hydraulic model  results :from  the experimental study  of
 Stolzenbach   et.   al.  (1976)  for the  thermal  diffuser
 discharge  from the  Cayuga Station located  at the  Somerset
 site.    Figure  5.6  (Run :*31)  shows  a positively  buoyant
 unidirectional diffuser discharging into a stagnant ambient
 (6  = p,  a- = 90°,  and 7 == o°),  and Figure  5.7  (Run *35)  a
 positively buoyant unidirectional diffuser discharging into
 a predominantly  crossflowing ambient  (0  = o°, a = 120°, and
 7 - 30°) .   CORMIX2  predicts an unstable (shallow water)'flow
 class MU3  (tee acceleration  zone,  diffuser  plume in cross-
 flow) for  Run  31.   For the  stagnant  case  (Figure 5.6) the
 predicted plume shape is in good agreement with the observed
 plume surface isotherms. Also the centerline concentrations
 closely agree with observations. However, CORMIX2 is unable
 to predict some  temperature build-up   ("hot spots") at the
 plume periphery.  This is essentially an unsteady phenomenon
 (probably exaggerated by the  limited  laboratory  basin) and
 outside the capabilities of  CORMIX2.

    The experimental data for Run *5 show a slightly  smaller
 deflection  than   the  one   indicated  by   CORMJX2.    The
 centerline concentrations; (temperature rises) are in good
 agreement with the experimental  observations for the  surface
 isotherms.  Note the far-field region  is absent because the
 ambient is stagnant  (see Chapter II).   The  same  flow  class
 (MU3) is obtained for  Run   *35 but  with  the   additional
presence of the far-field region.
                           126

-------
                                                      o
                                                     •o
                                                      in
                                                                5
                                                                o>
                                                                c
                                                                o
                         O
                                          II    II   10

                                          CB   b   X
                                                                            (0


                                                                            C
                                                                            C
                                                                            •H
                                                                            (0
                                                                            J3
                                                                            O
                                                                            (0
                                                                            •H
                                                                            Q
                                                                             0)
                                                                               (!)
                                                                            •H
                                                                            Q
                                                      Kj rH
                                                      C (0
                                                      0X1
                                                      •H CO
                                                      4J
                                                      O 4J
                                                      0) C

                                                      •H C
                                                      T3 O*
                                                      •H nj
                                                      C 4J
                                                      j""^ C/D
2LJ
OH
=
So
O C/5
         CTJ

          "  .

£  tn

 a)  w   5
•—«~   o
 o  QC  -^
J:  O  £

5  I  £
                                          u.  u.  .^
                                          O   A   ^^
                                        I.
                                     _   II    II    O
                  CE   I
                  8   i
                                    ro
              Q:
                   •*-  Q.
                   O  U.      ^_
                   O  in  *-  **-
                   GO  _  >•-  O
                    u   u   CM  in
                     O   o  "    u
                   _J   3  Q  «a<
                                                      «o
                                                                             0)
                                                                            PN
                                   127

-------
                 o
                •o
                 in
              -"-O
                  "O

                  "o



                  ol

                  J=
       CD
        - i/J

       a  £

       ,-  <"
       Q) £
2 LU
g t
h: to
^C

2^
X LU
> 2
< O
O CO
u
o
_a
c
O)
                                                                      3
                                                                      a>
                                                                      _a

                                                                      CL
  CO   X


       cr

       o
>.
"o
.S2.
"o

r—
03
_c
~
^>
O

1


 -P
                                                                        t i ^

                                                                        -H O
                                                                        TJ "H
                                                                        •H XI
                                                                        C G
in


M

&
•H

-------
    Once an ambient  crossflow is present (Figure 5.7) the
unsteady   build-up  zones   are  prevented   and  CORMIX2
predictions  are   in  good  agreement  with  the  isotherm
observations.
5.1.2.2 Staged Diffuser

    Figures 5.8 and 5.9 present surface isotherms  from  the
laboratory model of Brocard et. al.  (1977)  for the thermal
diffuser  discharge at the  Charlestown site.   Figure  5.8
(Test  *5)  shows  a positively buoyant    staged  diffuser
discharging into a stagnant  ambient (9 = 20°, a  = 90°,  and
7  = 90°), and  Figure  5.9   (Test  *6)  a  similar  diffuser
discharging into a crossflow ambient  (8 =  20°, a = 90°,  and
•y = 90°) .

    CORMIX2 predicts a shallow water flow class MU5 (staged
acceleration  zone,  diffuser  plume in cross-flow)  for Test
*5 (Figure 5.8).  Again, unsteady  recirculation  effects  are
present in the laboratory data (limited basin size) for  the
stagnant case.  If  those effects are excluded, the near-  and
intermediate  field predictions of CORMIX2  give satisfactory
results.  The same flow class (MU5)  is  obtained for Test *6,
with the additional presence of the far-field zone.  As  for
the staged diffuser in the  presence of crossflow,  a much
better  agreement  with predictions  is  obtained  due  to  the
minimization  of unsteady  and/or boundary  effects.

    Figure 5.10 shows  another  staged diffuser in a shallow
crossflowing  ambient  (0 = 0°, a = 90°,  and -y = 90°)  for  the
model study of Stolzenbach et al.  (1976).  Agreement appears
satisfactory  even  though  some  recirculation may  be present
in this somewhat weak  crossflow situation.
5.1.2.3 Alternating  Diffuser

    Figure  S.lla  and 5.lib show  surface isotherms from the
study  by  Jirka  and Harleman  (1973)   for  an  alternating
diffuser  (6 = 45°) in a  perpendicular  (7 = 90°)  unstratified
crossflow (Run  *BC-3) and  an alternating diffuser  (0 =  45°)
into  a parallel  (7  = 0°)  unstratified  crossflow (Run *BC-
13).   For  Run  *BC-3 (Figure  S.lla),  CORMIX2  predicts an
unstable  flow class  MU8 with a buoyant  upstream intrusion.
The plume shape and  extent of upstream intrusion is in good
agreement with the  experiment.    For Run  *BC-13,  CORMIX2
predicts  an unstable flow class MU9 with upstream intrusion.
Once  again,  good agreement   in  plume  shape     ^ «•»—•"«•; ™
distance,  and dilution  values  is evident.
intrusion
                            129

-------
                           o
                        -i-O
                           o
                                 3
                                 cu
                                c
                                o
o    o   o
o   o  o
CM   CD  Cn
     n    n
     b   X
                             u
            o
(U
u
CO
UJ
o
ir*
O10
h- _i
CO <
yl
g&
ill
i cr
0. Q
tu>-
2 X
£

3
CO
£~
Oi
~"
i "o"
1 kk
! O
' u
CD
1









CM
X
^
cr
o
o
iw
1

CM CM
n n
CD *v>
                                                        1C

                                                       CO

                                                        «j

                                                        c
                                                      •H
                                                       (0
                                                       in
                                                      •H
                                                      Q
                                                         J
                                                       a) -

                                                       g'g
                                                         '
•O  O
 01 rH
 CPH
 (0  at
-P 43
CO CO
                                                     in
                                                      M

                                                      &
                                                     •H
130

-------
                          o
                         • O
                          o
                       -L-0
                                5
                                   w
CO
Q,
U.

in

O

 o
3
            £  O

            cr   I
            o   j
            O   I
    Ll_  ii
U.  «   o
o   m  |s-

$  B  •?-

 "o ."o K°
                *-  CO
                *•  0.
                m  IA- d  •»-
                Is"  00 O  "~
                r-  — V  m
                 u   u  CM  CVJ
                 o   o  "   "
 o»

 in


 M

 &
•H
                131

-------
                                                              o
                                                            T°
                                                            .. m
                                                                5
                                                                o>

                                                               >

                                                                c


                                                               GL
                                                                                •H

                                                                                g
                                                                                W
                                                                                W
                                                                                O
                                                                                ^
                                                                                O

                                                                                RJ

                                                                                e
                                                                                •H
                                                                                (0
                                                                                J3
                                                                                O
                                                                                01
                                                                               •H
                                                                                Q
         » to
   UJ
ID



O
   o:
   UJ
   V)
 S °

5 a
CO CO
                    u  c
                   .Si.  o
                    o  *=
                   £  £
OJ

X
        tr
        o
        o
                   Q)
                   Q)
                   o
        o>

        ft
                         o

                         O
                                      ' o
                                      !O
                                   o>
                                    II   II

                                    b  X
                                o

                                00
    I   I
in
CM

O
 u
 o
rs
 c

IE
                    U.


                    «*
                  .  'S- in
                  >  O oj
                    — ; u
                    u  ,  O
                  o  o ,rr
                  •  I— i^
5  £

Ss
ii   n
 O   o
                                   3  Q
                       s§
                       ro CM
                           u
                                                    t
                                                                               T3 O
                                                                               Q)
                                                                               (0  (0

                                                                               J-> ^!
                                                                               W CO
                                                                        O
                                                                        H
                                                                        •
                                                                        in


                                                                        0
                                                                        M
                                                                              •H
                                        132

-------
  (a)
              Model
              Basin
              Boundaries

              _J	1	
                                            IOH
                         I.2°F
               Jirka, 1973 Isotherms, Run -#BC-3
               CORMIX2  Width
               0=45°, y
                                                 U,
   (b)
              Model
              Basin
              Boundaries
Figure  5.11
Jirka, 1973 Isotherms, Run #BC-I3
CORMIX2 Front Prediction
0 = 45°,  y=0°


Surface  Plume   from   Buoyant   Alternating
Diffuser Discharging a)  Perpendicular and b)
Parallel Alignment
                             133

-------
    Another  comparison caln be  made with the  experimental
data of Roberts  (1977) for a situation in which the flow is
hydrodynamically stable  (deep water).  The objective  here
is to test once again the prediction of CORMIX2 for upstream
intrusion  and  surface spreading.    Figure  5.12  shows  a
photograph of a surface  plume generated by an alternating
diffuser discharging into  a crossflowing (F = ua3/J0 -  0.1,
-y = 90°) unstratified ambient.   CORMIX2  assigned an  MU1V
flow class with an upstream intrusion of 0.16 m with a half-
width  of 0.42 m at surface  impingement.   The photograph
shows  an upstream intrusion of 0.22 m and a half-width of
0.47 m at  surface  impingement.   CORMIX2 overpredicts  the
surface spreading for theisame  reasons as before.

    As mentioned earlier,  laboratory experiments are always
conducted in model  basins iof  limited  size and  the  somewhat
weaker  frontal spreading :observed by Jirka  and  Harleman
(1973) and Roberts (1977) than that predicted by CORMIX2 is,
in part, related  to boundary  effects  in the model  studies.


5.1.3 Summary and Appraisal

    Despite the limited availability of laboratory and field
data for the wide  range of discharge/ambient characteristics
that  is  embodied  in this  32  flow classes   (and  their
additional sub-classes) contained in CORMIX2, the preceding
comparison indicates  satisfactory system performance under
quite   diverse   conditions.     Thus  CORMIX2  has  been
demonstrated to  have adequate flexibility and accuracy  in
predicting diffuser discharging under deep water conditions,
in  ambient   stratification,   in  shallow   fully  mixed
environments  and with negative discharge buoyancy.    For
additional comments  on data/system comparisons see Doneker
and Jirka (1989).         j
                          i
                          i
5.2 application;  Case Studies
                          i                   , -

    The purpose of  this section is to give an overview  of
the significant features of CORMIX2 in discharge mixing zone
evaluation and design, and!to  illustrate the flexibility of
CORMIX2 in highly divergent design conditions.  The first
case presented  represents a  hypothetical  example of a
discharge from a  small municipal treatment  plant into the
ocean illustrating  the effects of density stratification,
and the second  example is  a  discharge from  a power plant
discharging heated effluent into a large lake under varying
ambient currents.
                           134

-------
                         CORMIX2  Width  Prediction
u.
                                     Visual  Observations
                                     Roberts,  1977
    \
                                                 m
Figure 5.12
Buoyant Alternating Diffuser in Perpendicular
Crossflow:  Plan View  of Surface  Fronts
                             135

-------
 5.2.1 AAA Municipal Treatment Plant

     This  example  will  illustrate  the effect  of  ambient
 density  stratification  in a  coastal environment  on  the
 mixing  of  a  buoyant  effluent   flow  containing  toxic
 substances.    The  discharge  is  subject  to  three  mixing
 criteria: ^a toxic dilutiop zone,  a  plume width  criteria on
 a legal mixing zone, and !a downstream region of  interest.
 The  analyst  seeks  pollutant  concentrations   at  these
 locations. The analyst will use CORMIX2 to try to study the
 effect of typical winter and summer ambient density profiles
 on the mixing behavior of;the discharge.
 5.2.1.1 The Problem Statement

     The discharge from the  AAA municipal treatment  plant
 into coastal waters contains  some  toxic substances.   The
 mixing  characteristics   for  topical  winter   and   summer
 profiles are  to be  considered  (see  Figure 5.13).    The
 discharge is to  be  located  3000 m from shore  at a  local
 water  depth  of  24.2  m.     The  bathymetry   is  sloping
 approximately linearly from  the shoreline.

     A 100 m  long unidirectional  diffuser is used with  41
 ports openings.  The ports are round with a diameter  of 0.3
 m  and extend about  0.3 m  above the  surrounding  bottom with
 a  vertical  angle e = 30 .  The diffuser  is discharging  in
 the  direction of the prevailing ambient  current  (co-flow)
 (CT = 0°, and 7 = 90°) which has a velocity of  0.09 m/s.   The
 total design discharge flowrate is 3.0 m3/s and contains 100
 mg/1 of  a  toxic substance  with a CMC  of  5   mg/1.    The
 discharge density is 994.0 kg/m3.  A public beach is located
 3000 m down-current  from  the' discharge with a legal mixing
 zone (LMZ)  width set at  400  m.  The plume characteristics
 at this distance are of interest.
5.2.1.2 CORMIX2 Analysis

    The first  step in the analysis would be to choose one
of the  four ambient stratification types to represent the
actual density profiles as seen in Figure 5.13.  An ambient
profile of  Type D is chosen to represent the August data,
with surface density Ps = ;1022.7 kg/m3,  bottom  density Pb =
1024.9 kg/m3, and  a  pycnocline height h^ =  12.50  m.   The
representative cross-section case places the  discharge 3000
m from  shore in  24.2  m o£ water.  A weak  linear ambient
density stratification  (Type A) is chosen to represent the
March data, with  surface density ps  =  1025.59 kg/m3 and
bottom density pb  = 1025.82 kg/m3.
                           136

-------
Q.
O>
Q
 0


 5


1.0


15


20


25
     30
          C

          O
          O
August
Conditions
      1,022
              1,024
P March
  Conditions
6
                       o  Observed Data
                       — CORMIX
                          Representation
          p  :  Density (kg/m3)
 Figure 5.13
         AAA  Municipal  Outfall:
         Profiles in Coastal Ocean
                          Typical  Density
                          137

-------
     For the August design conditions,  CORMIX2 concludes the
 flow will be confined to the lower stratified layer only of
 the  specified  ambient  stratification  condition  D,  and
 assigns  a  flow class  MS8  (mdnf, bd-v,  terminal  layer
 impingement  with upstream  spreading, buoyant  spreading,
 passive diffusion).   The simulation  results are  shown in
 Figure 5.14 indicating an upstream buoyant intrusion at the
 terminal height.   CORMIX2 indicates an upstream intrusion
 length of about 176 m.  SUM2 notifies the  user that both the
 hydrodynamic mixing  zone (HMZ)  and the  legal mixing zone
 (LMZ)  occurs  at x =  188 m downstream from-the discharge
 point with plume centerline  z =9.52  m,   dilution value S'
 = 44.6, and  the plume half-width bh  and thickness bv are
 equal to 353 m and 2.11 m, respectively.

   ^  The CMC  value  occurs at  x  =  7 m from the discharge
 point.   SUM2 notifies the user on the  criteria  checked for
 a TDZ;  i) the discharge velocity was not equal to or greater
 than, the  minimum value of  3.0 m/s,   ii)  the  downstream
 distance of the TDZ   (1.33 m) did not exceed the  maximum
 distance of 50  times the discharge length scale L, = 1.73 m,
 111)  the downstream distance of  the TDZ was  met  within the
 maximum distance of 5  times the water depth of 24.16 m,  and
 finally iv) the downstream distance of the TDZ  was  within
 10 %  of the distance  to the LMZ.

  t  At  3000 m from the outfall, the plume dilution S = 51.1
 with plume  depth bv =  1.23: m and  flow half-width  bh = 681 m.

    For the March design conditions, CORMIX2 concludes  the
 linear   ambient  density  stratification  is  dynamically
 unimportant and unstable,; and a  uniform ambient  density is
 set_equal to the layer average of 1025.588 kg/m3.  CORMIX2
 assigns  a flow  class MU1V; for the full .water depth.  The
 simulation  results  are shown in Figure 5.15 indicating an
 upstream intrusion  at  the; surface with an intrusion  length
 of about 188 m.           ;     .

    SUM2 notifies the  user that both the hydrodynamic mixing
 zone (HMZ) and the legal mixing zone (LMZ) occurs at x =  266
 m downstream from the discharge point with plume  centerline
 at the surface (z = 24.16 m) ,  dilution value S =  556.1,  and
 the plume half-width bh and thickness bv are equal to 488 m
 and 19 m, respectively.

    The  CMC value occurs at x = 6.9 m from the. discharge
point.

    At 3000 m from the outfall, the plume  dilution S = 768,
the plume depth bv = 7.2 m, and the flow half-width bh =1775
m, indicating the flow does not  contact the shoreline near
the public beach.
                           1-30

-------
.. z(m)J
".-•-.- 20
/" 10
zt=9.52m
,-s—LMZ limit
^7 . 	 __ 	 . 	 	
- 1
r CORMIX2
/ Cose AA*
"1 I ' U -1 ll_
f
Tr~TDZ limit
1
fl i
"
' '.
UAugust)
Buoyant
spreading
1
i I 	 1 	 -L 	 »~
""**'**. _,nn 0 "^^ 100 200 300 4OO xlmj
                     a)  Side View (distorted)
                                            LMZ limit
 UQ=0.09 m/s
          CORMIX2
          Case AAA
          (August)
Figure 5.14
        b) Plan  View (distorted)
AAA  Municipal  Outfall:    August Design  Case
with Internal Flow  Trapping
                                139

-------
                                -CORMIX2
                                Case AAA (March)
                                   -LMZ limit
                               ; 100       200

                     a) Side View (distorted)
                                 300      400  xlm)
                                                    LMZ limit
   ua-0,09 m/s
                             ^-CORMIXZ
                               iCase AAA (March)
Figure 5.15
                       b)  Plan View (distorted)
AAA Municipal Outfall:  March Design Case with
Surface Interaction
                                140

-------
5.2.2 PPP Electric Power Company

    This  design  example  represents a  heated  discharge
effluent into a  large  lake from an electric power company
in relatively shallow  water with various ambient currents
under  a weak ambient  stratification. There is  no  toxic
effluent in the discharge.
5.2.2.1 The Problem Statement

    The lake is 8000 m wide, and the outfall is located at
a distance of  1000 m from the left side  of  the lake at a
local water depth of 10.0 m.  Available site data indicate
a  uniform   ambient  density  profile  with  an  average
temperature of 15 C.

    A  300  m long  staged diffuser  is  used with  31 ports
giving a spacing of 30 m.  The ports issue  about 0.5m above
the surrounding bottom.  The ports are round with a diameter
of 0.9 m.  The  diffuser is discharging horizontally (0 = 0°)
and perpendicular to the direction of the prevailing ambient
current  (cross-flow)  (a  =  90°, and -y  =  90°) .   The total
design discharge flowrate is 30 m3/s with  a design effluent
temperature of 35 C.  The  discharge site  is characterized
by wind-induced currents varying between  0.03 m/s and 0.15
m/s\  The diffuser is subject to a legal mixing zone (LMZ)
requirement with a local plume width of 400 m.


5.2.2.2 CORMIX2 Analysis

    For the minimum ambient current speed of u. = 0.03 m/s,
and the maximum current speed,  CORMIX2 assigns flow classes
MU5 and MU6,  respectively.  The simulation  results are shown
in Figure 5.16 and 5.17 respectively.

    When the current  is  weak,  the analysis shows that the
legal mixing zone  (LMZ)  is reached at a distance of about
340 m downstream where the  dilution  S =  12  with a plume
depth bv = 1.25 m.  However, with a  strong ambient current,
the latter occurs within  100 m from the discharge point with
a dilution S = 17.1 and plume depth bv  = 10 m.


5.3 Additional Comments on CORMIX2

    As mentioned in Chapter III it is expected that CORMIX2
will  be a  general  predictive system  applicable  to the
majority  (better  than  80%)   of   all   multiport  diffuser
discharge/environmental  conditions.    It is   impossible,
however,  to   devise   a   system  that  will  analyze  all
conceivable submerged discharges.   For this reason, CORMIX2
                            141

-------
  ua=0.03m/s
          3.3°c
          bv=IOm_
          AT0=ao°c
                                      LMZ limit


                                   CORMIX2
                                   Case  PPP (Weak Cross flow)
       •-Plume restratification

          Fully mixed
           i
         200   400   600   800   1000   x(m)



         Plan  View (undistorted)
Figure 5.16
PPP Electric Company Outfall  in Low Ambient
Current
                            142

-------
            y (m)


             800
t
             600
             400
Ua=O.I5m/s   200
       LMZ
       limit
                              |O.86°C     O.78°C   ATC=O.73°C
                  /'bv = IOm
                   _J	L_
              4m
              J
2.56m
 2.46m
J	L
                      '200^  400   600   800   1000   1200   x(m)
           AT0=2O°C
                  Plume
                Restratification
                           CORMIX2
                           Case PPP (Strong Cross flow)
               Plan  View (undistorted)
     Figure  5.17
   PPP Electric Company Outfall in Strong Ambient
   Current
                                 143

-------
contains  several internal criteria  (limitations)  designed
to avoid  system misuse  for such extreme  conditions.
                          I
     CORMIX2  is  devised  !for  deeply  submerged multiport
discharges in water  of  variable depth  H.   The  discharge  is
assumed to  be located  near the bottom of the water  body.
CORMIX2 uses the applicability criterion for the height  of
the  discharge port h0
h0
         0.33H
(5.4)
Eq.  5.4  is needed to assure a valid test for deep/shallow
discharge  stability  in the  flow classification  scheme.

    Also the diameter D for each  port  or nozzle must not
exceed 20% of the water depth,
D
        0.2 H
(5.5)
    Finally, the  height of the pycnocline  (i.e. thickness
of the lower layer) h^, must be in the range between 40% to
90% of the water depth    ;
    0.4H < h., < 0.5H
                                                 (5.6)
    It is pointed out, however, that an experienced user can
modify the data input to allow for CORMIX2 analyses that are
seemingly outside this normal range of system applicability.
Hints for those system applications can be found  in Doneker
and Jirka  (1989)          ;

    Furthermore,  CORMIX2  assumes  a conservative discharge
which is a reasonable  assumption  since its emphasis is on
initial  mixing  mechanisms  with  short  time  scales  (for
further discussion, see Doneker and Jirka,  1989).
                            144

-------
                        Chapter VI
             Conclusions  and  Recommendations
    U.S water quality regulations contain the concept of a
mixing zone,  a limited area or volume of water where initial
discharge dilution  occurs.    Water quality standards are
applicable at the border of, and outside, the mixing zone.
Toxic  discharges  are   subject to  additional  regulatory
limitations.    This  water  quality  policy  is  implemented
through the National Pollution Discharge Elimination System
(NPEDS) which requires,  among other factors, an estimate of
the  initial   mixing characteristics.    There  exist  many
possible combinations of  discharge conditions  and ambient
environments, hence a  considerable amount of  skill and
training  is  required  to  pursue  reliable  mixing  zone
analysis.  For  the purpose of  facilitating this task,  an
expert system methodology has been developed,  the Cornell
Mixing Zone Expert System (CORMIX).

    Subsystem CORMIX2  predicts   trajectory   and  mixing
characteristics of a multiport dif fuser, discharging buoyant
(positively,  negatively, or  neutrally)  effluents discharges
into  uniform or  stratified ambient environments with  or
without the presence of ambient current.  Knowledge gathered
from  hydrodynamic expertise is used in CORMIX2 for mixing
analysis.  CORMIX2  collects all  input data,  verifies for
data   consistency,   groups   and   executes   the  suitable
hydrodynamic  simulation models,  summarizes the simulation
results  in accordance  with legal  requirements including
criteria  for  toxic substances,   and  finally  recommends
alternatives for improving mixing characteristics. CORMIX2,
with  its  emphasis  on  rapid  initial mixing,   assumes  a
conservative  pollutant  discharge  neglecting any physical,
chemical, biological reaction,  or decay processes. However,
the predictive  results  can  be readily converted to adjust
for first-order  reaction  processes.

    The results obtained for the hydrodynamic simulation are
in good agreement with laboratory  and  field data.  CORMIX2
correctly  predicts  highly  complex discharge  situations
involving  deep  or  shallow  water  environments,  ambient
stratification, plume intrusions, and boundary interactions.
Many  of  these processes are absent in currently available
mixing models.

    Further work should be  accomplished  in  order to refine
the hydrodynamic flow protocols in the  flow  classification,
and to substantiate various constants  in the system.  This
task  will require  additional field and laboratory  data.
Also,  computer  generated graphics  should be  developed to
plot  simulation and to help  the user in better understanding
the mixing processes.
                            145

-------
                         References
 Abdelwahed, S.  T.,  and Vincent H.
 of Buoyant Jets  in Cross Flow"r
           Chu.  (1978), "Bifurcation
  	.  Technical  Rept.  No 78-1,
Engineering  and Applied  Mechanics,
 Department  of  Civil
 McGill University, Montreal,  Canada.

 Alam,  A. M.  Z., D. R. F.  Harleman,  and J. M Colonell (1982),
 "Evaluation of Selected Initial Dilution  Models".  Journal
 of the Environmental Engineering  Division,  ASCE,  Vol 108,
 No.  EE1,  February, pp 159M85.

 Allan  Hancock Foundation, University of Southern California
 (1964),  "Final Report on  an  Investigation on the  Fate of
 Organic and Inorganic  Wastes  Discharge  into the  Marine
 Environment and Their Effects of Biological Productivity"
 September 15.
Almquist,  C. W.,  and Stolzenbach,  K.  D.  (1976),  "Staged
Diffusers  in  Shallow  Wa^er"r  M.I.T.,  Ralph  M.  Parsons
Laboratory for Water Resources and Hydrodynamics, Tech.  Rep
No.  213.                  ;

Alnujuist,  C. W. ,  and Stqlzenbach,  K.  D.  (1980),  "Staged
Multioort  Diffusers", J. Hydraulics Division, Vol. 106,  No.
HY2.

Anderson,  J. L., Parker,  F.L.  and Bennedict, B.A.  (1973)
"Negatively  Buoyant  Jets  in a  Crossflow",  Environmental
Protection Technology Series, U.S.E.P.A.,  Washington, D.C.

Arita, M. and G.H. Jirka,  (1987) , "Two-Layer Model of Saline
Wedcre  II;  Prediction of  Mean  Properties" r  j.   Hydraulic
Engineering, Vol. 113, No: 10.

Barnwell,  T.  O.,Brown  L.   C.,   and  Marek,  W.   (1985),
"Development of a prototype expert advisor for the enhanced
stream  water  quality  model  QUAL2E",   Internal   Report,
Environmental Research  Laboratory, Office  of Research  and
Development, U.S.E.P.A., Athens, Georgia,  September, 1985.

Bata,  G.   L.  (1957),  "Recirculation  of  Cooling Water   in
Rivers and Canals".  J.  Hydraulics  Division,  Vol. 83,   No.
HY3.
                          i
Benjamin,  T. B.   (1968),\ "Gravity  Currents and Related
Phenomena",  J. Fluid Mechanics, Vol. 31, pt.  2.

Briggs,  G.  A.  (1969),    Plume Rise.  U.S.  Atomic Energy
Commission,  Division  of  Technical  Information,  Oak Ridge,
Tennessee.                 \
                            146

-------
Brocard,  D.  N.  (1977),   "Hydrothermal  Studies  of Staged
Diffuser Discharge in the Coastal Environment. Charlestown
Site"f Alden Research  Laboratories,  Tech.  Report No. 136-
7/M296EF.

Cederwall, K. (1963),  "The Initial Mixing of Jet Disposal
into a Recipient,"  Tech. Rep. 14 and 15,  Div.  of Hydraulics,
Chalmers Institute of Technology, Goteborg,  Sweden.

Chen, J.  C.  (1980),    "Studies on Gravitational Spreading
Currents", Rep.  KH-R-40, W.M. Keck Laboratory of Hydraulics
and Water  Resources, California  Institute  of Technology,
Pasadena, Calif.

Chu, V. H., and Jirka, G.  H. (1986), "Surface Buoyant Jets
and Plumes"F Encyclopedia of Fluid  Mechanics,  Chapter 25,
1986.
Clocksin, W. F. and Hellish, C. S.  (1984),
Prolog, 2nd ed., Springer-Verlag.
Programming in
Congressional Research Service (1977),  "Legislative History
of  the  Clean  Water  Act   1977",  Congressional  Research
Service, Library  of Congress, October  1978,  No.  95-14 p.
330.

Davidson,  M.  J.   (1989),   "The   Behavior  of Single  and
Multiple. Horizontally Discharged, Buoyant  Flows in a Non-
Turbulent  Coflowing  Ambient  Fluid".     Ph.D.   Thesis,
Department of Civil Engineering,  University of Canterbury,
Christchurch, New Zealand.

Doneker, R. L. , and G. H Jirka (1990),  "CORMIXl; An Expert
System  for Mixing  Zone Analysis  of Conventional and Toxic
Single  Port   Aquatic Discharges"f  Tech. Rep.  EPA/600/3-
90/012,  Environmental Research  Lab.,  U.S.  EPA,  Athens,
Georgia  (also published as  Tech.  Rep., DeFrees Hydraulics
Laboratory, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York, 1989.

Fischer, H. B. et  al. (1979),   Mixing in Inland and Coastal
Waters,, Academic Press, New York.

Gaschnig, J., Reboh, and J.  Reiter (1981),   "Development of
a  Knowledge-Based   Expert   System  for  Water  Resources
Problems", Palo Alto, Calif.

Holley, E. R., and Jirka,  G.  H. (1986),  "Mixing in Rivers".
Technical  Report  E-86-11, U.S.  Army  Corps of Engineers,
Washington, D.C.

Isaacson, M.  S.,  Koh,  R.  C.Y., and  Brooks, N.  H.  (1983),
"Plume  Dilution for Diffusers with  Multiport Risers", J.
Hydraulic Engineering, Vol. 109,  No. 2.
                            147

-------
Jirka,  G.  H.  and Harleman,  D.  R.F.  (1973),   "The  Mechanics
of  Submerged  Multiport  Diffusers  for Buoyant Discharges in
Shallow Water",   M.I.T., jRalph M.  Parsons  Laboratory  for
Water Resources  and Hydrodynamics,  Tech. Rep No.  169.

Jirka,  G.  H., and Harleman, D. R.F (1979),  "Stability  and
Mixing  of  a Vertical Plane  Buoyant  Jet  in Confined  Depth",
J.  Fluid Mechanics,  Vol. 94, Part 2, pp.275-304,.
                         |
Jirka,  G.' H.,   J.  M.  Jones,  and  F.  E.  Sargent  (1980),
"Theoretical  and Experimental  intermediate  Field Dynamics
of  Ocean Energy  Conversion Plants".  Progress Report,  1978-
1979, School of Civil and Environmental Engineering,  Cornell
University.              ,

Jirka,  G. H.   (1982), "Multiport Diffuser for Heat  Disposal;
a  Summary"f  J.  of Hydraulics  Division, ASCE,  108,  HY12,
1982, pp.  1425-68.       j
                         I
Jirka,  G.  H.,   Colonell/  J.  M.,  and  Jones,  D.  (1985),
"Outfall Mixing Design in Shallow  Coastal Water Under Arctic
Ice Cover", MTS  Journal, Vol.  20, No. 3.
                         i
Jirka,  G. H., and Joseph H.-W.  Lee (1991),   "Waste Disposal
in  the  Ocean",   Hydraulilc  Structures  Design  Manual,   E.
Naudascher,  Ed.,  Vol  1Q.   International   Association   of
Hydraulic  Research,  (in print).

Jirka,   G.H.,   and  P.J.   Akar   (1991),    "Hvdrodvnamic
Classification of Submerged Multiport-Diffuser Discharges".
J.  Hydraulics Div.,  ASCE,iVol  117, No. 9, September 1991.
                         i                         .  .
Jones,  J.  M.,   G.  H.  Jirka,  and  D.  A.  Caughey  (1985),
"Numerical    Techniques    for    Steady    Two-Dimensional
Transcritical Stratified Flow Problems,  with an Application
to the Intermediate Field Dynamics of Ocean Thermal Energy
Conversion  Plants",  Report  No.  ANL/EES-TM-27\1,  Argonne
National Laboratory,  (als|o published as. Tech. Rep. School
of Civil and Environmental Engineering, Cornell University,
Ithaca, New York).       i

Koh, R. C.,  and  Brooks,  N. H.  (1975),  "Fluid Mechanics of
Waste Water Disposal in the Ocean". Annual review of Fluid
Mechanics, Vol 7, pp. 187^-211.

Lee, J. H.W., Jirka, G.  H.,  and Harleman,  D.  R.F. (1977),
"Modelling of Unidirectional  Thermal Diffusers In Shallow
Water",  M.I.T.,   Ralph  M^.  Parsons  Laboratory for  Water
Resources and Hydrodynamids,  Tech. Rep No.  228.

Lee, J. H.W., and Jirka, G.  H.  (1979), "Heat Recirculation
Induced by Thermal Diffusers", J.  Hydraulics Division, Vol.
105, No. HY10.

                           148

-------
Lee,  J.  H.W.  (1980),  "Near  Field of Staged Diffuser".  J.
Hydraulics  Division,  Vol.  106, No. HY8.

Lee,  J.  H.W.,  and  Jirka, G.  H.  (1980),  "Multiport Diffuser
as  Line Source  of  Momentum  in Shallow  Water",   Water
Resources Research, Vol. 16, No.  4., pp.  695-708.

Lee,  J.  H.W. (1984),  "Boundary Effects on a Submerged  Jet
Group",  J.  Hydraulic  Research, Vol.  22, No.  4.

Liseth,  P.  (1970), "  Mixing  of Merging  Buoyant Jets  from a
Manifold in Stagnant Receiving Water of Uniform  Density",
Hydraulic Engineering Laboratory, University of California,
Berkeley, California.  Tech.  Rept. HEL 23-1.

List, E. J.  , and Imberger J.  (1973),   "Turbulent Entrainment
in  Buoyant  Jets",  Proc.  ASCE,  J. Hydraulics Division,  99,
1461-1474.

List,  E.  J. (1982),   "Mechanics of Turbulent Buoyant Jets
and Plumes', Chapter  in Turbulent Buoyant Jets and Plumes.
(1982).  W.  Rodi, ed.,  Permagon Press.

Muellenhoff,   W.   P.,   et   al.   (1985),  "Initial   Mixing
Characteristics  of Municipal Ocean Discharges (Vol.  1&2)".
U.S.E.P.A,  Environmental Research Laboratory, Narragansett,
R.I.

Munk, W., and Anderson, E.R. (1948),  "Notes on a Theory  of
the Thermocline." J.Mar. Res. 7, 276-295.

Ortolano,   Leonard  (1984),   Environmental  Planning  and
Decision Making, John Wiley  & Sons.

Roberts, P.  J.  W.  (1977),  "Dispersion of Buoyant Wastewater
Discharge From Outfall Diffusers of Finite Length",  Report
No. KH-R-35, W. M. Keck Laboratory of Hydraulics and Water
Resources,  Division  of Engineering  and Applied Sciences,
California  Institute of Technology, Pasadena, Cal.

Roberts, P.  J.  W.  (1979),    "Line Plume and Ocean Outfall
Dispersion", Hydraulics Division, Vol 105, No. HY4.

Roberts, P.  J.  W. , Snyder, W.  H. , and  Baumgartner,  D.   J.
(1989), "Ocean Outfalls.  I: Submerged Wastefield Formation.
II; Spacial  Evolution of Submerged Wastefield, III;  Effect
of Diffuser Design on Submerged  Wastefield"t  J.  Hydraulic
Engineering, Vol. 115, No.  1.

Rodi, W.  ed (1982),    Turbulent  Buoyant Jets and Plumes.
Pergamon Press, New York.

Scorer,  R.  S.  (1954),   "The Behavior of  Chimney Plumes."
International Journal of Air Pollution,  Vol 1, pp 198-220.
                           149

-------
 Shwartz,  J. and  Tulin,  M.P.  (1972),   "Chimney Plumes  in
 Neutral and Stable Surroundings",,  Atmospheric Environment,
 Vol.  6 pp.  19-36.        ;

 Stolzenbach,   K.   D.  etj. . al.   (1976),   "Analytical  and
 Experimental Studies of  Discharge Designs for the  Cayuga
 Station at the Somerest Alternate Site", M.I.T.,  Ralph M.
 Parsons Laboratory for Water Resources and  Hydrodynamics,
 Tech.  Rep No.  211.

 Tait,  H.  (1984),   "Section 402  Guidelines  for Reviewing
 National  Pollutant Discharcre Elimination Permits",  National
 Coastal Ecosystems Team,  Rept. No. FWS/OBS-84/05, U.S. Dept.
 of  the Interior, Washington, D.C.,  September.

 Tennekes,  H.  and Lumley,, J.L.  (1972),   A First Course  in
 Turbulencer MIT Press, Cambridge,  Mass, p. 99.
                         i
 Tong,  S.  S.,  and  Stolz4nbach,  K. D.  (1979), "Submerged
 Discharges  of  Dense Effluent", Tech.  Rept.  243,  Ralph  M.
 Parson Laboratory for Water  Resources and  Hydrodynamics,
 Massachusetts    Institute   of   Technology, ,  Cambridge,
 Massachusetts.           !
                         i

 USEPA  (1972),  "Water Quality Criteria 1972".  EPA-R3-73-003,
 Environmental  Studies Board,  Committee on  Water Quality
 Criteria, Washington, D.G.

 USEPA  (1976),  "Quality Criteria for Water 1976" (Red  Book),
 Guidelines for State and Area Wide Water Quality Management
 Program,  Washington, D.CJ  (Chapter 5).

 USEPA,  (1984),   Water Quality Standards Handbook.    Office
 of Water  Regulations and | Standards, Washington, D.C.

 USEPA,   (1984),     "Technical   Guidance  Manual  for  the
 Regulations Promulgated Pursuant to Section  301 (g)  of the
 Clean Water Act of 1977 (Draft)  ",  Washington B.C., August.

 USEPA,   (1985),  "Technical  Support  Document  for  Water
 Quality-based Toxics Control".  Office  of Water, Washington,
 D.C.,  September (in revision, 1990).

Wright, S. J.  (1977),   "Effects of Ambient Crossflows and
Density  Stratification  on the  Characteristic  Behavior  of
Round  Turbulent Buoyant  Jets". Rep.  KH-R-36, W.M. Keck
Laboratory  of  Hydraulics and Water  Resources,  California
Institute of Technology, Pasadena, Calif.

Wright, S.J., and  Wallace,  R.  B.  (1979),  "Two-Dimensional
Buoyant Jets in Stratified  Fluid",  J. Hydraulic Division,
Vol. 105, No. HY11.     .1
                           150

-------
Wright,  S.J.,  Wong,  D. R. ,  and Zimmerman, K.  E.  (1982),
"Outfall.Diffuser Behavior in Stratified Ambient Fluid". J.
Hydraulics Division, Vol. 108., No. HY4.

Wong, D. R. (1984), "Buoyant Jet Entrainment in Stratified
Fluids",  Ph.D.   Thesis,   Civil  Engineering  Dept.,  The
University of Michigan, Ann Arbor MI.
                          151

-------
               Appendix A:  Data Input Advices
CORNELL MIXING  ZONE  EXPERT; SYSTEM: GENERAL INFORMATION

The Cornell Mixing Zone Expert System (CORMIX)  is  a  series of
software subsystems for the analysis, prediction and design of
aqueous  discharges into watercourses, with  emphasis on the
geometry  and  dilution characteristics of the initial mixing
zone.                      !

Subsystem CORMIX2 deals with buoyant submerged discharges from
MULTIPORT DIFFUSERS  into blowing unstratified or stratified
water  environments,   such  |as  rivers,  lake,   estuaries,  and
coastal waters.  It included the limiting cases of non-buoyant
and  negatively buoyant  discharges  and  of  stagnant ambient
conditions.                t

The  predictive  elements  j of  CORMIX2  are   based  on  the
"equivalent slot diffuser"  concept.  This means the details of
the individual jets emanating from the evenly spaced diffuser
ports/nozzles are neglected by assuming an equivalent slot jet
on  the basis  of  equivalency of flux quantities  per  unit
diffuser length.  This concept provides a  dynamically accurate
representation  of the actual  three-dimensional  diffuser if
attention  lies  in  the region  after  merging.    ; (In  most
cases,the distance to merging is short, of the order of twice
the spacing between  individual jets.   If further predictive
details  for  the individual three-dimensional  jets  prior to
merging are desired,  the user is advised to use CORMIXl with
the flow parameters for the individual jets).
                           I                        ;  , ;
Please note that  the time  jfor loading of individual program
elements will  depend on the speed of  your computer and the
size  of  the  program element.   The  time  for  these  file
operations may  range  from  a  few seconds  (IBM PS/2 Model 70,
80386-based)  to more  than a minute (IBM PC/XT,  8088-based).
Also DOS file manipulation information'may be displayed by the
system during program execution,  or  may  be neglected by the
user.

PROGRAM ELEMENTS:

The program  elements of C0RMIX2  are listed below.   During
system use the  program  elements  are  loaded  sequentially and
automatically in the  order igiven below.

1) DATIN

     This  is  a knowledge base program  for the   entry  of
     relevant data about the discharge situation and for the
     initialization  of  the; other program elements.   DATIN
                           i
                           !  152                    ;

-------
     consist of four subprograms that execute automatically;
     each  subprogram  assembles  a   data  group.    You  are
     presently using DATIN.   The four data groups DATIN seeks
     are:  general identifier information, ambient conditions
     (geometry   and   hydrography),   discharge   conditions
     (geometry and  fluxes),  and  output  information desired
     including legal  mixing zone definitions.    After each
     subprogam  executes,  the  values  for  data  entered  or
     concluded are displayed.

     DATIN is a detailed program with complete explanations on
     data  preparations,  assumptions  and  schematizations.
     DATIN along with the programs PARAM and CLASS (described
     below) automatically creates the  files fn.CXD, fn.CXC,
     and HYDRO2.CXE where fn is a user  supplied  file name.
     The fn.CXD  contains  all  necessary  input data  for the
     hydrodynamic  simulation model  HYDRO2  described below.
     The file fn.CXC contains all  knowledge base conclusions.
     The HYDR02.CXE file instructs HYDR02 which fn.CXD file to
     load as input for the current session.
2) PARAM
     This  is a  knowledge base  program  that computes  the
     relevant physical  parameters for  the given  discharge
     situation.   Output from PARAM is included in the fn.CXD
     file.
3) CLASS
     This  is  a knowledge base  program that  classifies the
     given discharge into one of  many possible hydrodynamic
     configurations, e.g. a boundary  attached discharge,  an
     unstable vertically mixed case,  or mixing controlled by
     the ambient crossflow.

     Each  separate  flow configuration  has an  alphanumeric
     label (Example MU1,MS4,..) and a detailed hydrodynamic
     description is  available.  Output from CLASS is contained
     in the fn.CXD file.
4)  HYDRO
     This  is a  knowledge base  program  that executes  the
     external FORTRAN hydrodynamic program (HYDRO2) consisting
     of a  number, of simulations  subroutines  (modules)  each
     corresponging  to  a  particular   hydrodynamic  mixing
     process.  For  each flow configuration  (Examples:  MU4,
     MS5)   identified  in CLASS,  the appropriate  modules  are
     executed  sequentially according to a specific protocol.

     The program prints out  data on geometry  (trajectory,
                             153

-------
      width,    etc.)    and   associated   mixing   (dilution,
      concentration)   following  the  path  of  the  effluent
      discharge.    As  mentioned  above,  the main  predictive
      elements are based on,the three-dimensional "equivalent
      slot diffuser"  representation  of the actual  multiport
      diffuser.
      HYDRO2  automatically creates the files fn.CXO and fn.CXS
      where fn is  the user supplied  file name.  The  fn.CXO
      contains the output file data from  HYDRO2.   The  fn.CXS
      file is used as input;by the  final  program segment SUM.
                           I                           '
 5)  SUM                    |
                           j
      This is a  knowledge base  program  that summarizes  the
      given situation,  comments on the mixing characteristics,
      evaluates   how   applicable  legal   requirements   are
      satisfied,  and suggests possible design alternatives and
      improvements.         j

 UNITS OF  MEASUREMENT:      |

      CORMIX  uses the SI system of measurement,  specifically:
 length in m, mass in kg, time in s,  and temperature in  deg C.
 Furthermore,  all pollutant: concentrations are  considered in
 arbitrary units,  i.e.  the user can specify these in any units
 he/she desires,  and  all  butput data must  be  interpreted
 accordingly  in these  same units.
COORDINATE SYSTEM:         i

     All  predictions  in  CORMIX2  are  displayed  using the
following three-dimensional coordinate system:

     	The  origin is located at the  half-way point of the
     diffuser line.        j
          *** There is one exception: when the diffuser line
          starts  at  the shore,  then the origin is located
          directly at the sliore. ***
     	The x-axis is located at the  bottom of  th£ water body
     and directed  in  the downstream  direction following the
     ambient flow.         ;
     	The y-axis is located at the  bottom and points to the
     left normal to the amb'ient flow direction (x-axis) .
     	The z-axis points vertically upward.

Note, if the ambient current direction is variable  (e.g. due
to reversing  tidal flows) ,; the  x-axis and the  y-axis will
change  depending  on  flow^ direction.    Furthermore,   if  a
stagnant  situation is  to be  analysed,   the  x-axis may  be
defined by the direction of the prevailing currents.
                            154

-------
*************************************************************
DATA REQUIREMENTS FOR AMBIENT CONDITIONS:

Ambient conditions  are defined by the  hydrographic and the
geometric conditions in the  vicinity  of the discharge.  For
this purpose typical cross-sections normal to the ambient flow
direction at the discharge site and further downstream need to
be considered:

A) Bounded cross-;section: If the cross-section is bounded on
both sides by banks  - as in rivers,  streams,  narrow estuaries,
and  other  narrow watercourses -,  then  the cross-section is
considered "bounded".

B) Unbounded cross-section:  In some  cases  the discharge is
located close to one boundary while the  other boundary  is for
practical  purposes  very  far  away.     This would include
discharges  into wide  lakes,  estuaries and coastal  areas.
These situations are defined as "unbounded".
A) BOUNDED CROSS-SECTION:

Hydrographic  information:

Data  on  the  design ambient flow condition - such as average
river discharge or low flow discharge - needs to be available.
The user has the option of entering such data directly  as the
discharge  or as an  average  velocity.   The ambient density
profile  (i.e. the  vertical distribution  of the  ambient water
density) must be approximated.  It may be specified  as  either
uniform  (within given limits) or  approximated as one of four
simplified  profiles.   An opportunitiy for  obtaining more
detailed information on these profiles  is given later.

The ambient density  can be specified directly,  or -in case  of
freshwater-   is  computed after specification of the ambient
temperature.

Geometric  information:

CORMIX  will  conduct  its analysis  assuming  a rectangular
cross-section that is given by a width and a depth both  of
which are  constant in the downstream  direction  following the
ambient  flow.   This schematization may be quite evident for
well-channeled and regular rivers  or artificial channels. For
highly irregular cross-sections, it may require more  judgement
and  experience -  perhaps combined  with a  repeated  use  of
CORMIX  to get  a   better  feeling  on  the  sensitivity   of the
results.

In any case, the  user is advised to consider  the  following

                              155

-------
steps:
     1) Be aware that a particular flow condition  (such as a
     river discharge)  is usually associated  with a certain
     water   surface  elevation  ("stage").     Data  for  a
     stage-discharge relationship is normally available from
     a separate hydraulic analysis or from field measurements.

     2) For the given stage-
-------
Both hydrographic and geometric information are closely linked
in this case:

     1)  Determine the  water  elevation   (given  by  lake  or
     reservoir elevation or  tidal  stage  etc.)  for which the
     analysis should be conducted.

     2)  Assemble cross-sectional  profiles that  plot  water
     depth as a  function of  distance  from the  shore for the
     discharge location and for several positions downstream
     following the ambient current direction.

     3) a) If detailed hydrographic data  (from field surveys
     or from some hydraulic numerical model calculations) are
     available,  determine  the cumulative ambient discharge
     from  the  shore  to  the discharge  location   for  the
     discharge  cross-section.   For  each  of the subsequent
     downstream cross-sections determine the distance from the
     shore at which the same  cumulative ambient discharge has
     been attained. Mark this position on all cross-sectional
     profiles.     Now  consider   the  velocity   (vertically
     averaged) and the depth at these positions.  Specify to
     CORMIX  a  typical ambient velocity  and  a  typical depth
     from these  data by giving most weight to the conditions
     at,  and close to,  the  discharge location.   Specify a
     typical  distance   from  the  shore  by  dividing  the
     cumulative  ambient discharge by  (ambient  velocity  *
     depth).

     b)  If detailed hydrographic data is  not available - but
     at  least data, or estimates,  on the  vertically  averaged
     velocity at the discharge location must be  available! -
     then determine the cumulative cross- sectional  area from
     the shore  to the discharge  location for  the discharge
     cross-section.
     For each of  the  subsequent  downstream cross-sections,
     mark  the  position where the  cumulative cross-sectional
     area   has   the   same  value  as   at   the  discharge
     cross-section.   Determine the typical ambient  velocity
     and the typical ambient  depth  at these positions with
     most  weight given to conditions at, or  close to, the
     discharge  location.   Specify the typical distance from
     the shore by dividing  the cumulative cross-sectional area
     by  the  ambient depth.

     4)  In summary, CORMIX will conduct  its  analysis for the
     unbounded  case by  assuming  an "equivalent  rectangular
     cross-sectional  area" defined by depth,  by distance from
     one bank  to the  discharge  position,  and  by ambient
     velocity.    Note  the  similarities  to the bounded case
     discussed  above.  As  for the bounded cross-section, the
     ambient density  profile (i.e. the vertical  distribution

                              157

-------
      of the ambient water density)  must be approximated.   It
      may be specified as either uniform (within given limits)
      or approximated as one of four simplified profiles.   An
      opportunitiy for obtaining more detailed information on
      these profiles is  given later.

      The ambient density  can  be specified directly, or  -in
      case  of  a   freshwater   ambient   -  is  computed   by
      specification of the ambient temperature.

      5)  As a measure of the; roughness characteristics of  the
      flow area the  value of ;the Manning "n", or alternatively
      of  the  Darcy-Weisbach  friction  factor "f",  must  be
      specified.  These parameters influence the mixing process
      only in the final stage considered by CORMIX and are  not
      very sensitive to  the predictions.   Generally,  if  these
      values are assumed known  within +-30%  the  predictions
      will vary by  +-10%  at ibhe  most.
*************** ************** ********************************
ADVICE  FOR SPECIFYING  DISCHARGE CHARACTERISTICS: MULTIPORT
DIFFUSERS:                  ;
                            f
GENERAL INFORMATION AND DEFINITIONS:

A multiport diffuser is a linear structure consisting of many
closely  spaced ports  or  nozzles which  inject a  series of
turbulent  jets at high velocity  into  the ambient receiving
water  body.    These ports  or  nozzles may be  connected to
vertical risers attached to an  underground pipe  or tunnel, or
may simply be  openings in a pipe  lying on the bottom.

The diffuser  line (or axis) is  a line connecting the first
port or nozzle and the last port or nozzle.   Generally, the
diffuser  line will  coincide  with  the  connecting  pipe  or
tunnel.  CORMIX2  will assume;a straight diffuser line. If the
actual diffuser pipe has bends  or directional changes it must
be approximated by a straight diffuser line.

The diffuser length is  the distance from the first to  the last
port or nozzle.  The origin of the coordinate system used by
CORMIX2 is located at the center  (mid-point)  of the diffuser
line (there is one exception: when the diffuser line starts at
the shore,  then the origin  is located directley  at the shore.

CORMIX2 considers the three [major diffuser types in common
engineering practice:

     1)  UNIDIRECTIONAL DIFFUSER:  All ports  (or  nozzles)  are
     pointing to one side of the diffuser line,  more or less
     normally  to  the  diffuser  line,  and   more  or  less

                             158

-------
     horizontally.

     2)   STAGED  DIFFUSER:  All  ports  are pointing  in  one
     direction following the diffuser line (or nearly so, with
     small deviations to either  side  of  the  diffuser line),
     and more or less horizontally.

     3)  ALTERNATING DIFFUSER: The diffuser ports do not have
     a preferred horizontal direction: Either they point, in
     an alternating fashion and more or less horizontally, to
     both  sides of  the diffuser  line,   or  they  all  point
     upward, more or less vertically.

DIFFUSER GEOMETRY SPECIFICATION:

CORMIX2 will ask for the following  data on diffuser geometry.
Note, that  CORMIX2  will assume uniform discharge conditions
along the  diffuser line.   This includes a  uniform ambient
depth  as specified  earlier.   If  the depth  is,  in  fact,
variable  (e.g.  due to an  offshore  slope)   it  should  be
approximated by  a mean  depth along the diffuser line (with a
possible  bias  to  the  more  shallow  near-shore conditions).
Similarly, discharge parameters (e.g.  port size or spacing or
discharge per port) may vary along the diffuser line; again,
they must be approximated by mean values.

     1)  Specify  the diffuser length.   Also  specify  the
     distance  from the shore for both  end points of  the
     diffuser  line.

     2) Details  on port or nozzle geometry and construction:
     Are  the  ports or  nozzles connected  to  vertical risers
     from  an  underground pipe  or  tunnel? If  yes,  how many
     risers exist, and how many ports or nozzles  are attached
     to  each  riser? If no,  how many ports or  nozzles are
     spaced along the diffuser line?  In either case, CORMIX2
     will assume a uniform spacing between risers or between
     nozzles or  ports.

     3) Specify the average diameter of the discharge ports  or
     npzzles.  CORMIX2 assumes  round ports/nozzles.  Also, the
     value  for  the jet  contraction coefficient should  be
     specified.

     4)  Specify the height of the port/nozzle centers above
     the ambient bottom.

     5) The vertical angle of  discharge  (THETA)  is the angle
     of   the   port/nozzle   centerline   measured  from  the
     horizontal  plane.   As  examples, THETA is  0 deg for  a
     horizontal  discharge,  and it  is +90 deg for a  vertical
      (upward)  discharge.

                              159

-------
      6)  Consider a  plan view of the  diffuser as  seen  from
      above.     Defined   for  the  unidirectional  and  staged
      diffusers only, the horizontal  angle of discharge (SIGMA)
      is the angle between tlie port/nozzle  centerline in this
      plan projection  and  jthe  ambient  current  direction,
      measured  counterclockwise   from   the  ambient  current
      direction (x-axis).  The possible range of SIGMA is from
      0 deg  to 360 deg.   In  case  of  variable  orientation,
      specify the average horizontal angle.
                            i                   •          . .
      7)  The  diffuser  alignment  angle  (GAMMA)  is  the  angle
      between  the  diffuser !axis and  the  ambient  current,
      measured  counterclockwise   from   the  ambient  current
      direction (x-axis) .  The possible range for the alignment
      angle is from 0 deg to  180 deg.   As examples,  special
      cases are the parallel! diffuser  (GAMMA = 0 deg or  180
      deg), and the perpendicular diffuser  (GAMMA =90 deg).

      8)   The  relative  orientation  angle   (BETA)   of   the
      port/nozzle discharge j is  the nearest  (clockwise or
      counterclockwise) angle]between the horizontal projection
      of the port/nozzle centerline and the diffuser axis.  The
      possible range of  the BETA is between  0  deg  (staged
      diffuser)  and 90 deg  (unidirectional  diffuser).


DIFFUSER  FLOW VARIABLES:    ; -  •

      1) Specify the total diffuser discharge  or the discharge
      velocity.  Note, these two variables are related through
      the   total  cross-sectional   area  of   all   discharge
      ports/nozzles.
                            I
      2) The discharge density can be specified directly,  or -
      in case  of  an essentially freshwater discharge in which
      the  addition  of any pollutant  or  tracer has  negligible
      effect on density -  it i^ computed  after  specification of
      the  discharge temperature.
                            i
                            i
      3)  The  discharge  concentration   of  the  material  of
      interest (pollutant, tracer, or temperature)  is  defined
      as   the   excess    concentration   above  any   ambient
      concentration.  The user can specify this quantity in  any
      units  and  the  CORMIX2   results   for  computed  excess
      concentrations should then  be  interpreted in these same
      units.
                            i
****************************$*******************************
SPECIFICATION OF DESIRED MIXING ZONE INFORMATION:
                            i

The user must specify data that indicates over which spatial

                              160

-------
region information will be desired, and in what detail.
mixing zone (LMZ) requirements may exist or not.

The user has several options for this specification:
Legal
1) LEGAL MIXING ZONE  (LMZ): Options exist for specifying the
legal mixing  zone as a maximum distance  from the discharge
location, or as a  maximum cross-sectional area occupied by the
plume, or as the maximum width of  the effluent plume.  If the
discharge  is  toxic, the  criterion  continuous concentration
(CCC) value must  be met at the boundary of the LMZ.

2)  REGION  OF  INTEREST  (ROI):   When  legal  mixing  zone
restrictions do not exist or  when the  user is interested in
information over a larger area, then a region of interest must
be specified as the maximum distance in  the direction of mixed
effluent flow.

3) HYDRODYNAMIC MIXING ZONE (HMZ): In all cases, CORMIX will
label   a   usually   smaller    initial   region    in   which
discharge-induced mixing takes  place  as  the "hydrodynamic
mixing  zone".   The dilution conditions in the HMZ may be  a
useful  measure for the outfall designer  when attempting to
optimally design  the  discharge conditions.

4) TOXIC DILUTION ZONE  (TDZ)  : For  all discharges that have
been designated as toxic by USEPA standards (Technical Support
Document for Water Quality-Based Toxics Control, USEPA, 1985;
in  revision,  1990)  CORMIX  will  automatically  define  the
concentration  values at the edge of the toxic dilution zone as
defined in  that  document.    CORMIX  will  indicate  if  the
criterion maximum concentration  (CMC) standard has been met.

After all applicable data have been specified on these zones,
CORMIX  also needs information on  the level of detail for the
output data within these  zones and, simultaneously, within all
the  hydrodynamic  elements  (modules)  that may  occupy these
zones.
                             161

-------
      Appendix B:  Flow Descriptions  for all Flow  Classes
 *************************************************************
 FLOW CLASS MSI

 This flow configuration  is profoundly affected by the  linear
 ambient density stratification.   The predominantly  jet-like
 flow gets trapped at  some terminal  (equilibrium) level.   The
 trapping is also  affected .by  the reasonably strong ambient
 crossflow.    For   this case,  the  diffuser alignment  is
 predominantly  perpendicular  to the ambient  flow.

 Following the  trapping  zone,  the  discharge flow  forms  an
 internal   layer  that  is  further  influenced  by  buoyant
 spreading and  passive diffusion.

 The  following  flow zones exist:

 1) Weakly deflected plane jet  in crossflow:  The flow issuing
 from the equivalent slot width is initially  dominated  by the
 effluent  momentum (jet-like)  and is weakly  deflected  by the
 ambient current.

 2)  Strongly deflected plane jet  in crossflow: The  jet  has
 become    strongly  deflected  by the  ambient  current  and  is
 slowly  rising  toward  the trapping level.

 3) Terminal layer approach: The bent-over submerged jet/plume
 approaches  the terminal  level. Within  a short distance  the
 concentration  distribution becomes relatively uniform  across
 the  plume width and thickness.
                           i
 ***  The zones listed above constitute the HYDRODYNAMIC  MIXING
 ZONE in which  strong  initial mixing takes place.  ***

 4) Buoyant spreading  in internal layer: The discharge  flow
 within the internal layer spreads  laterally while it is being
 advected  by the ambient current.   The plume thickness  may
 decrease  during this  phase.    The mixing rate is  relatively
 small.    The  plume  may interact  with a   nearby  bank  or
 shoreline.

 5) Passive ambient mixing: After some distance the background
 turbulence  in  the  ambient shear flow  becomes the  dominating
mixing mechanism.  The passive plume is growing in depth  and
 in  width.   The  plume  may:  interact  with  the upper  layer
boundary, channel  bottom and/or banks.

 *** Predictions will be terminated in zone 4 or 5 depending on
the  definitions of the  LEGAL  MIXING  ZONE  or the  REGION  OF
INTEREST. ***              i                        i       • ••
                           ; 162

-------
*************************************************************
FLOW CLASS MS2

This flow configuration is profoundly affected by the linear
ambient density  stratification.   The predominantly jet-like
flow gets trapped at some terminal (equilibrium) level.  The
trapping  is  also affected by the  reasonably  strong ambient
crossflow.    For   this  case,  the   diffuser   alignment  is
predominantly parallel to the  ambient flow.

Following  the trapping  zone,  the discharge  flow  forms  an
internal    layer  that  is  further   influenced by  buoyant
spreading and passive  diffusion.

The following flow zones exist:

1) Weakly deflected plane jet in crossflow: The flow issuing
from the equivalent slot width is  initially dominated by the
effluent  momentum  (jet-like) and  is weakly deflected by the
ambient current.

2)  Strongly deflected plane jet in crossflow:  The jet has
become   strongly  deflected by  the  ambient current  and is
slowly rising toward   the trapping level.

3)  Internal density current along diffuser line:  The plume
develops  along the diffuser line due to  continuous inflow of
mixed buoyant water.   The  plume  spreads laterally along the
layer  boundary  (surface or pycnocline)   which it is being
advected  by  the  ambient  current.    The mixing rate  is
relatively  small.

*** The zones listed above constitute the HYDRODYNAMIC  MIXING
ZONE  in which strong  initial mixing  takes place. ***

4)  Buoyant spreading  in  internal layer:  The discharge flow
within the  internal layer spreads laterally while it is being
advected  by the  ambient  current.   The  plume  thickness may
decrease  during this  phase.   The mixing rate  is  relatively
small.    The  plume  may  interact  with  a  nearby  bank or
shoreline.

5)  Passive  ambient mixing: After some distance the  background
turbulence in the ambient  shear  flow becomes  the  dominating
mixing mechanism.   The passive plume is  growing in depth  and
 in width.    The plume  may interact  with the upper  layer
boundary,  channel bottom and/or banks.

 *** predictions  will be terminated in zone  6 or  7 depending on
the definitions of  the LEGAL MIXING  ZONE  or  the  REGION  OF
 INTEREST. ***                                            ,

                              163

-------
 *************************************************************
 FLOW CLASS MS3              i
                            I
 This flow configuration  is  profoundly affected by  the  linear
 ambient density stratification.   The predominantly  jet-like
 flow issues vertically,  or near-vertically, upward  and  gets
 trapped at some terminal (equilibrium) level.  The crossflow
 is weak in the  present situation.

 Following the  trapping  zone, the  discharge flow forms  an
 internal layer that is further influenced by buoyant spreading
 and  passive diffusion.
                            i
 The  following flow  zones exist:

 1) Near-vertical plane jet iin linear stratification:  The  flow
 issuing  from  the equivalent slot is initially dominated  by
 the  effluent momentum (jetflike) and is weakly deflected  by
 the  ambient current and  the density  stratification.

 2) Terminal layer impingement  / upstream spreading:  The weakly
 bent    jet/plume approaches  (impinges)  the terminal  layer  at
 a near- vertical angle,  andjmay overshoot that level to  some
 extent.  After impingement the flow spreads  in all  directions
 (more or  less  radially) at  the  terminal  level  forming  an
 internal layer.    In  particular,  the  flow   spreads  some
 distance upstream  against  ;the  ambient flow,  and laterally
 across  the ambient  flow.  This spreading is dominated by the
 buoyant collapse of  the internal  layer  within  the linear
 ambient stratification.

 ***  The  zones listed above constitute the HYDRODYNAMIC MIXING
 ZONE in which strong initial mixing  takes place.  ***

 3) Buoyant spreading in internal layer:  The discharge  flow
 within the internal layer spreads  laterally  while it  is being
 advected by the ambient current.    The plume  thickness may
 decrease during this  phase.  The mixing  rate  is  relatively
 small.    The plume may interact  with  a   nearby  bank  or
 shoreline.                  '

 4) Passive ambient mixing:  After some distance the  background
 turbulence  in the ambient  shear  flow becomes the  dominating
mixing     mechanism.  The passive plume is growing in depth
 and  in  width.   The plume may interact with the  upper layer
boundary, channel bottom and/or banks.

 *** Predictions will be terminated in zone 3  or 4 depending  on
the  definitions  of  the  LEGAL MIXING ZONE or the  REGION  OF
INTEREST. ***               I
                             164

-------
SPECIAL CASE: If the ambient is stagnant, then advection and
diffusion  by the  ambient flow  (zones  3 and  4)  cannot  be
considered. The mixing is limited to the hydrodynamic mixing
zone (zones 1 and 2) and the predictions  will be terminated at
this stage.

Such stagnant water predictions may be a  useful initial mixing
indicator for a given site and discharge design.

For practical final predictions,  however, the  advection and
diffusion  of  the ambient flow  - no  matter  how  small  in
magnitude -  should be considered.


*************************************************************
FLOW CLASS MS4

This flow configuration is profoundly affected by the linear
ambient density  stratification.   The predominantly jet-like
flow  issues  horizontally,  or  near-horizontally,   into  the
density  stratified layer and  gets trapped  at  some terminal
(equilibrium) level.   The crossflow is  weak in  the present
situation.

Following  the trapping  zone,  the  discharge  flow  forms  an
internal    layer  that  is further influenced  by  buoyant
spreading and passive  diffusion.

The following flow zones  exist:

1) Near-horizontal plane jet in  linear stratification:  The
flow   issuing from the  equivalent slot width  is  initially
dominated by the effluent momentum (jet-like)  and  is weakly
deflected   by     the   ambient  current  and   the  density
stratification.

2) Terminal  layer  injection /surface spreading:  The weakly
bent       jet/plume approaches  (injects into)  the terminal
layer at a near-  horizontal angle.  After injection the flow
spreads  in  all directions   (more or less radiallyO  at the
terminal  level  forming  an internal layer.     The residual
horizontal momentum flux within the jet affects that spreading
process.    In particular,  the flow  spreads some  distance
upstream against the ambient  flow,  and  laterally across the
ambient  flow.   This spreading  is dominated by  the buoyant
collapse  of the  internal  layer  within the  linear ambient
stratification.

*** The zones listed above constitute the HYDRODYNAMIC MIXING
ZONE in which strong initial mixing takes place. ***

3) Buoyant  spreading  in  internal  layer:  The  discharge flow

                             165

-------
within  the internal layer spreads laterally while it is being
advected  by the  ambient current.   The  plume  thickness may
decrease  during this  phase.   The'mixing rate is relatively
small.    The  plume  may  interact  with  a  nearby   bank or
shoreline.

4) Passive ambient mixing:  After some distance the background
turbulence  in  the ambient  shear flow becomes the dominating
mixing     mechanism.  The passive plume is growing  in depth
and  in  width.   The plume may  interact with the upper layer
boundary, channel bottom and/or bank's.

*** predictions will be terminated in zone 3 or 4 depending on
the  definitions of the LEGAL MIXING ZONE  or the REGION OF
INTEREST. ***              |

SPECIAL CASE:  If  the  ambient is stagnant, then advection and
diffusion by  the ambient  if low  (zones  3  and  4) cannot be
considered. The mixing is limited to the hydrodynamic mixing
zone  (zones 1 and 2) and the! predictions will be terminated at
this  stage.

Such stagnant water predictions may be a useful initial mixing
indicator for  a given site land discharge design.

For practical  final predictions,  however,  the  advection and
diffusion of   the ambient flow  - no matter  how  small in
magnitude - should be considered.
*************************************************************
FLOW CLASS MS5             ;

This flow configuration is profoundly affected by the linear
ambient density stratification.  The predominantly plume-like
flow gets trapped at some terminal (equilibrium) level.  The
trapping is  also affected by the  reasonably  strong ambient
crossflow.    For   this  case,   the  diffuser  alignment  is
predominantly perpendicular  to the ambient flow.

Following  the trapping  zone,  the discharge  flow  forms  an
internal layer that  is further influenced by buoyant spreading
and passive diffusion.

The following flow zones exist:

1) Strongly deflected plane plume: The flow issuing from the
equivalent slot width is initially dominated by the effluent
buoyancy (plume-like)  and the plume buoyancy starts to affect
the flow.  The plume is strongly  deflected by the current and
is slowly rising towards the terminal level.
                             166

-------
2) Terminal layer approach:  The bent-over submerged jet/plume
approaches the terminal  level.  Within  a  short distance the
concentration distribution becomes relatively uniform across
the plume width and thickness.

*** The zones -listed above constitute the HYDRODYNAMIC MIXING
ZONE in which strong initial mixing takes place. ***

3) Buoyant  spreading in internal layer:  The  discharge flow
within the internal layer spreads  laterally while it is being
advected  by  the ambient  current.   The plume  thickness may
decrease  during  this phase.  The mixing  rate  is relatively
small.    The plume may  interact  with  a  nearby  bank  or,
shoreline.

4) Passive ambient mixing: After some distance the background
turbulence in the  ambient shear  flow becomes the dominating
mixing mechanism.  The passive plume is growing in depth and
in  width.   The  plume may  interact with  the upper  layer
boundary, channel  bottom and/or banks.

*** predictions will be terminated in zone 3  or  4 depending on
the  definitions  of the  LEGAL MIXING ZONE or  the  REGION OF
INTEREST. ***
*************************************************************
FLOW CLASS MS6

This flow configuration  is profoundly affected by the linear
ambient density stratification.  The predominantly plume-like
flow gets trapped  at  some terminal  (equilibrium) level.  The
trapping  is  also  affected by  the reasonably strong ambient
crossflow.    For   this case,  the  diffuser alignment  is
predominantly parallel to the  ambient flow.

Following  the trapping  zone,  the  discharge flow  forms  an
internal layer that is further influenced by buoyant spreading
and passive  diffusion.

The following flow zones exist:

1) Strongly  deflected planfe plume:  The flow issuing from the
equivalent slot width is initially  dominated by the effluent
buoyancy  (plume-like)  and the plume buoyancy starts  to affect
the flow.  The plume is strongly  deflected by the current and
is slowly rising towards the terminal level.

2) Terminal  layer  approach:  The bent-over submerged jet/plume
approaches the  terminal  level.   Within a short distance the
concentration distribution becomes  relatively uniform across
the plume width and thickness.

                             167

-------
 3)  Internal density current along  diffuser  line: The plume
 develops  along the diffuser line due to  continuous  inflow of
 mixed buoyant water.    The;plume  spreads laterally  along  the
 layer boundary (surface or  pycnocline)   which  it  is being
 advected  by  the  ambient ! current.   The  mixing  rate   is
 relatively small.

 *** The  zones  listed above constitute the HYDRODYNAMIC MIXING
 ZONE  in  which strong initial mixing takes place.  ***

 4)  Buoyant spreading in internal  layer:  The  discharge flow
 within the internal layer spreads laterally while it is being
 advected by the ambient  current.   The  plume thickness  may
 decrease during this phase.   The mixing rate is relatively
 small.    The  plume may   interact  with  a  nearby  bank   or
 shoreline.

 5) Passive ambient mixing:  After some distance the background
 turbulence in the  ambient  shear flow becomes the dominating
 mixing mechanism.  The  passive plume  is growing  in depth  and
 in  width.   The  plume may  interact with  the  upper  layer
 boundary,  channel bottom arid/or banks.

 *** Predictions will be terminated in  zone 4 or 5  depending on
 the definitions of the LEGAL MIXING ZONE or the REGION  OF
 INTEREST.  ***              ;

 *************************************************************
 FLOW  CLASS MS7

 This  flow  configuration is ^profoundly affected by the linear
 ambient  density stratification.   The predominantly plume-like
 flow   issues  vertically,  or   near-vertically,   and  rises
 vertically  upward    and  gets  trapped  at  some  terminal
 equilibrium level.   The crossflow   is weak  in  the present
 situation.                 \

 Following  the trapping zohe,  the  discharge  flow  forms   an
 internal layer that is further influenced  by buoyant spreading
 and passive diffusion.     i

 The following  flow zones ekist:

 1) Weakly deflected plane plume  in linear stratification: The
 flow  issuing  from  the equivalent  slot  width is initially
 dominated  by the effluent buoyancy (plume-like) and  is weakly
 affected  by  the      ambient   current   and  the   density
 stratification.            |                                 .
                       • '   i •
 2) Terminal layer impingement / upstream spreading: The weakly
bent jet/plume approaches  (iimpinges) the  terminal layer at a
near- vertical angle,  and  imay overshoot  that level to some
                           i

                           !  168

-------
extent.  After impingement the flow spreads in all directions
(more  or less  radially)  at  the  terminal level  forming an
internal  layer.   In  particular,  the    flow spreads  some
distance upstream  against the ambient flow,  and   laterally
across the ambient flow.  This spreading is dominated by the
buoyant  collapse of  the internal  layer  within  the  linear
ambient  stratification.

*** The zones listed above constitute the HYDRODYNAMIC MIXING
ZONE in which strong initial mixing takes place.  ***

3) Buoyant  spreading in internal  layer:  The  discharge flow
within the internal layer spreads  laterally while  it is being
advected by  the ambient  current.   The plume  thickness may
decrease during this phase.   The  mixing  rate is  relatively
small.    The plume  may  interact  with  a  nearby  bank  or
shoreline.

4) Passive ambient mixing:  After some distance the background
turbulence in the  ambient  shear flow  becomes  the  dominating
mixing mechanism.  The passive plume is growing in depth and
in width.    The plume  may  interact  with  the upper  layer
boundary, channel bottom and/or banks.

*** predictions will be terminated  in zone 4 or 5 depending on
the definitions of the LEGAL  MIXING  ZONE or the REGION OF
INTEREST. ***

SPECIAL CASE: If the ambient is stagnant,  then advection and
diffusion by the  ambient flow (zones  3 and 4)  cannot be
considered.  The mixing is limited to the hydrodynamic mixing
zone (zones  1 and 2) and the predictions will be terminated at
this stage.

Such stagnant water predictions may be  a useful initial mixing
indicator for a given site and discharge design.

For practical final  predictions,  however, the advection and
diffusion of   the  ambient flow  - no matter how  small in
magnitude - should be considered.
FLOW CLASS MS8

This flow configuration is profoundly affected by the linear
ambient density stratification.  The predominantly plume-like
flow  issues horizontally,  or  near-horizontally,  into  the
density  stratified   layer  and,  after some  distance,  rises
vertically  upward  and  gets    trapped  at  some  terminal
equilibrium level.   The crossflow is  weak in   the  present
situation.

                             169

-------
 Following the  trapping zone,  the  discharge  flow  forms  an
 internal layer that is further influenced by buoyant  spreading
 and passive diffusion.     !
                           I

 The following flow zones exist:

 1)  Weakly deflected plane  ijet in crossflow: The  flow  issuing
 from  the equivalent slot  diffuser is initially  dominated by
 the effluent momentum (jet-like) and is weakly  deflected by
 the ambient current.       :
                           i
 2)  Weakly  deflected  plane plume in  linear stratification:
 After  some  distance,  the flow  becomes  dominated  by  the
 effluent buoyancy  (plume-like)  and is weakly affected by the
 ambient current and the density stratification.

 3)  Terminal layer impingement  / upstream spreading: The weakly
 bent jet/plume  approaches  ;(impinges) the terminal layer at a
 near- vertical  angle, and may  overshoot that  level to  some
 extent.   After impingement; the flow spreads in  all directions
 (more or  less  radially)  at  the  terminal   level forming  an
 internal  layer.    In particular,  the    flow spreads  some
 distance upstream against the  ambient  flow, and   laterally
 across the ambient flow.   JThis  spreading is dominated  by the
 buoyant collapse  of  the  internal  layer  within the   linear
 ambient  stratification.

 *** The  zones listed above constitute the HYDRODYNAMIC  MIXING
 ZONE in which strong  initial  mixing takes place. •*'*.*
                           i
 4)  Buoyant spreading in internal layer: The  discharge  flow
 within the internal layer spreads laterally while it is being
 advected by the  ambient current.   The plume  thickness  may
 decrease during this phase.   The mixing rate  is relatively
 small.    The  plume  may   interact  with a nearby  bank  or
 shoreline.

 5) Passive ambient mixing:  After some distance the background
 turbulence in_ the ambient  ishear flow  becomes  the dominating
mixing mechanism.  The passive plume is growing  in depth  and
 in  width.   The  plume may  interact  with  the  upper   layer
 boundary,  channel  bottom and/or banks.

 *** Predictions will be terminated in zone 4 or  5  depending on
the  definitions  of the LEGAL MIXING  ZONE  or  the REGION  OF
INTEREST.  ***

SPECIAL  CASE: If the  ambient  is stagnant,  then advection  and
diffusion  by the  ambient  flow  (zones  4   and  5) cannot  be
considered. The mixing is limited to the hydrodynamic mixing
« .M.WK ,«*.  / H MK«K JM .•* «1 
-------
 Such stagnant water predictions may be a useful initial mixing
 indicator for  a given site and discharge  design.

 For practical  final predictions, however, the advection  and
 diffusion of   the  ambient flow -  no matter how small  in
 magnitude -  should be considered.
 *************************************************************
 FLOW CLASS MU1H

 The discharge configuration is hydrodynamically "stable", that
 is the discharge strength (measured by  its momentum flux)  is
 weak in relation to the  layer  depth and in relation to the
 stabilizing effect  of the discharge buoyancy (measured by its
 buoyancy flux). The  buoyancy effect is very  strong in the
 present case.

 The following flow  zones  exist:

 1)  Weakly deflected plane jet in crossflow:  The  flow issuing
 from  the equivalent slot diffuser is initially  dominated by
 the effluent  momentum (jet-like)  and is weakly  deflected by
 the ambient current.

 2)  Strongly deflected plane  plume:  After  some  distance the
 discharge      buoyancy   becomes   the  dominating   factor
 (plume-like).   The plume is  deflected by the effect  of the
 strong ambient current.

 3)  Surface layer approach:  The  bent-over submerged jet/plume
 approaches the terminal level.   Within a short  distance the
 concentration distribution becomes relatively  uniform across
 the plume width and thickness.

 or

 3)  Density  current  along diffuser line: The plume develops
 along the  diffuser line  due to  continuous  inflow  of  mixed
 buoyant water.  The  plume spreads laterally along the layer
 boundary (surface or pycnocline)   which it  is  being advected
 by the ambient current.  The mixing rate is  relatively small.
 This zone extends from beginning to end of the diffuser  line.

. *** The zones  listed above constitute the HYDRODYNAMIC MIXING
 ZONE in which strong initial  mixing takes place. ***

 4)  Buoyant  spreading  at layer  boundary:  The  plume spreads
 laterally along the  layer boundary  (surface or pycnocline)
 while it is being advected by the ambient current.  The plume
 thickness may decrease during this phase.  The  mixing rate is
 relatively small.   The plume  may interact with a nearby bank

                              171

-------
 or shoreline.              |

 5)  Passive ambient mixing: After some distance the background
 turbulence in the ambient ishear flow becomes  the dominating
 mixing mechanism.   The passive  plume  is growing  in depth and
 in width.   The plume may interact with  the  channel  bottom
 and/or banks.

 *** predictions will be terminated in  zone 4 or 5  depending on
 the definitions of the LEGAL MIXING ZONE  or the REGION  OF
 INTEREST. ***              i
 **************************** 5V************************ ********
 FLOW CLASS MU1V           !

 The discharge configuration's hydrodynamically "stable",  that
 is  the discharge strength  (measured by  its momentum  flux)  is
 weak in relation to the lajyer  depth  and in relation to  the
 stabilizing effect of the dilscharge buoyancy (measured by its
 buoyancy flux) . The buoyancy  effect  is very  strong in  the
 present case.              1

 The following  flow zones exist:

 1)  Weakly deflected plane  jet in crossflow: The flow issuing
 from  the equivalent slot  diffuser is initially dominated by
 the effluent  momentum  (jet-like) and is weakly deflected by
 the ambient current.

 2)  Weakly  deflected  plane! plume:  After some  distance  the
 discharge     buoyancy   becomes   the   dominating   factor
 (plume-like).  The plume deflection  by the ambient current is
 still  weak.                '.
                           i
 3) Layer boundary impingement / upstream spreading: The weakly
 bent jet/plume impinges on ;the  layer boundary  (water surface
 or  pycnocline)   at a near-vertical angle.  After  impingement
 the flow spreads in  all  directions (more or less radially)
 along  the layer boundary,  '-in  particular,  the flow spreads
 some  distance upstream  against  the  ambient    flow,   and
 laterally across  the  ambient  flow.    This  spreading  is
 dominated by  the strong buoyancy of the discharge.

 *** The zones listed above  constitute the HYDRODYNAMIC MIXING
 ZONE in which  strong initial mixing takes place.   ***
                           1-        '             .   •    '
 4)  Buoyant spreading at  layer  boundary: The  plume  spreads
 laterally along the  layer boundary  (surface  or pycnocline)
while  it is being advected  by  the ambient current.  The plume
thickness may decrease during this  phase.  The mixing rate is
relatively small.  The plume may interact with a nearby bank

                            172

-------
or shoreline.

5) Passive ambient mixing:  After some distance the background
turbulence in the  ambient  shear flow becomes the dominating
mixing     mechanism.   The passive plume is growing in depth.
and in width.  The plume may interact with the channel bottom
and/or banks.

*** Predictions will be terminated in zone 4  or 5 depending on
the definitions of the  LEGAL  MIXING  ZONE or the  REGION OF
INTEREST.  ***

SPECIAL CASE: If the ambient is stagnant, then advection and
diffusion  by the  ambient   flow  (zones  4 and  5)  cannot be
considered. The mixing  is  limited to the hydrodynamic mixing
zone (zones 1 to 3) and the predictions will be terminated at
this stage.

Such stagnant water predictions may be a useful initial mixing
indicator for a given site  and discharge design.

For practical final predictions, however, the  advection and
diffusion  of   the ambient  flow  -  no matter  how  small in
magnitude - should  be considered.
FLOW CLASS MU2

A  unidirectional   multiport   diffuser  with  perpendicular
alignment  is discharging into an ambient flow.  Frequently,
this  is called  a   "co-flowing diffuser".    The  discharge
configuration is  hydrodynamically   "unstable", that  is the
discharge strength  (measured by  its momentum flux)   is very
strong in relation to the layer depth and in relation to the
stabilizing effect of the discharge buoyancy  (measured by its
buoyancy  flux).  Rapid vertical mixing takes place over the
full layer depth.

The following flow zones exist:

1) Acceleration  zone for unidirectional  coflowing diffuser:
The net horizontal momentum flux provided by the diffuser jets
leads to a wholescale acceleration of the ambient water, that
flows across the  diffuser line leading to rapid entrainment
and mixing in this zone.  The diffuser plume is mixed over the
full layer depth, and contracts laterally in the direction of
the flow (acceleration process).  The length of this zone is
about one half the diffuser length.

2) Diffuser-induced  plume in co-flow: The  diffuser induced
momentum flux is  still controlling the flow.  However, lateral
                             173

-------
 entrainment and diffusion lead to a spreading of the diffuser
 plume  and additional mixing.  The plume  moves predominantly
 in  the direction  of the anibient flow.  At the beginning, the
 plume  is  vertically mixed over, the full layer depth.  At some
 distance, stratification may  take  place  depending  on the
strength and direction of
the plume buoyancy.
*** The zones listed above constitute the HYDRODYNAMIC MIXING
ZONE  in which strong  initial mixing takes place.  ***
                          i
3)  Buoyant spreading  at  layer boundary:  The  plume spreads
laterally along the  layer boundary  (surface or pycnocline)
while it  is being advected; by the ambient current.  The plume
thickness may decrease during this phase.  The mixing rate is
relatively small.  The plume may  interact with a nearby bank
or shoreline.             '

4) Passive ambient mixing: [After some distance the background
turbulence in the ambient shear flow becomes the dominating
mixing     mechanism.  The passive plume is  growing in depth
and in width.  The plume may  interact with the channel bottom
and/or banks.             !

*** Predictions will be terminated in zone 3  or 4 depending on
the  definitions of the LEGAL  MIXING ZONE or the  REGION OF
INTEREST.  ***            i

SPECIAL CASE: If  the  ambient is stagnant,  then advection and
diffusion by the ambient, flow  (zones  3 and  4)  cannot be
considered. The mixing is limited to the hydrodyriamic mixing
zone  (zones 1 and 2) and the predictions  will be terminated at
this  stage.               !
                          i
Such  stagnant water predictions may be a  useful initial mixing
indicator for a given site and discharge design.

For practical final  predictions,  however, the  advection and
diffusion of   the ambient  flow  -  no  matter  how  small in
magnitude - should be considered.
FLOW CLASS MU3

A unidirectional  multiport:  diffuser with parallel alignment
(commonly called  a "tee diffuser" is discharging into a weak
ambient   flow.      The  !    discharge   configuration   is
hydrodynamically  "unstable", that is the  discharge strength
(measured by its momentum flux) is very strong in relation to
the layer depth and in relation to the stabilizing effect  of
the discharge buoyancy (measured by its buoyancy flux).
                             174

-------
The following flow zones exist:

1) Acceleration  zone  for  unidirectional co-flowing diffuser
(tee):  The net  horizontal  momentum  flux  provided by  the
diffuser  jets    leads  to a  wholescale  acceleration of  the
ambient  water,  that  is  diverted  across  the  diffuser  line
leading to rapid entrainment   and  mixing  in this zone.   The
diffuser  plume  is  mixed  over the  full  layer depth,  and
contracts  laterally   in  the  direction  of  the     flow
(acceleration process) .  The length of this  zone is about one
half  the  diffuser  length.   Plume  deflection by the ambient
current is  insignificant.

2) Diffuser-induced plume in cross-flow: The diffuser induced
momentum flux is  still controlling the flow.  However, lateral
entrainment and diffusion lead to a spreading of the diffuser
plume  and  additional mixing.     Initially,  the  plume  is
cross-flowing, but  it becomes progressively  deflected  into
the direction  of the ambient  flow.   At  the  beginning,  the
plume is vertically mixed over the full  layer depth.  At some
distance,  stratification  may take   place depending on  the
strength and direction of the plume buoyancy.

*** The zones listed above constitute the HYDRODYNAMIC MIXING
ZONE in which strong initial mixing takes place.  ***

3) Buoyant spreading at  layer  boundary:  The  plume spreads
laterally  along  the layer boundary  (surface  or pycnocline)
while it is being advected by the ambient  current.  The plume
thickness may decrease during this  phase.  The mixing rate is
relatively small.  The plume may interact with a nearby bank
or shoreline.

4) Passive ambient mixing: After some distance the background
turbulence in the ambient shear flow  becomes the dominating
mixing     mechanism.  The passive plume  is growing in depth
and in width.   The plume may  interact with the channel bottom
and/or banks.

*** Predictions will be terminated  in zone 3  or 4 depending on
the definitions  of the LEGAL MIXING  ZONE or the  REGION OF
INTEREST.  ***

SPECIAL CASE: If the ambient is stagnant,  then advection and
diffusion  by  the  ambient  flow (zones  3 and  4)   cannot  be
considered. The mixing is limited  to the hydrodynamic mixing
zone (zones 1 and 2) and the predictions  will be terminated at
this stage.

Such stagnant water predictions may be a  useful initial mixing
indicator for a given site and discharge design.
                             175

-------
 For practical final predictions, however, the advection  and
 diffusion of   the  ambient! flow -  no matter how small  in
 magnitude -  should be considered.
 FLOW CLASS MU4
A unidirectional multiport;diffuser with parallel  alignment
 (commonly called a "tee diffuser" is discharging into a strong
ambient   flow.       The       discharge   configuration   is
hydrodynamically "unstable11;,  that  is the  discharge strength
 (measured by its momentum flux) is  very strong in  relation to
the  layer depth  and in relation to the  stabilizing effect  of
the  discharge  buoyancy  (meaisured by its buoyancy  flux) .   The
ambient   current is very  stirong in the present case.

The  following  flow zones  exist:

1) Unidirectional cross-flowing (tee) diffuser plume in strong
current:  The strong  ambient  crossflow  rapidly deflects  the
diffuser  induced plume floy.  The diffuser  plume  is advected
in the direction of the  ambient flow.  This plume deflection
is associated with a recirculation  zone at the downstream end
 (lee) of  the plume.   The  plume is  vertically  mixed over  the
full layer depth in this  zone.

***  The zones listed above constitute the HYDRODYNAMIC MIXING
ZONE in which  strong  initial  mixing takes place.  ***

2)  Buoyant  spreading at  layer boundary: The plume  spreads
laterally along the  layer Boundary  (surface  or  pycnocline)
while it  is being advected by the  ambient current.  The plume
thickness may decrease during this phase.  The mixing rate is
relatively small.  The plume  may interact with a  nearby bank
or shoreline.              |

3) Passive ambient mixing: After some distance the background
turbulence in  the ambient shear flow  becomes the dominating
mixing      mechanism.  The passive plume is growing in depth
and  in width.  The plume may  interact with the channel bottom
and/or banks.              i

*** Predictions will be  terminated  in zone 2  or 3 depending on
the  definitions  of  the LEGAL MIXING  ZONE  or  the REGION  OF
INTEREST.  ***
****** *********************A*********************************
FLOW CLASS MU5             i
A staged multiport diffuser
with predominantly perpendicular

 176

-------
alignment  is  discharging  into weak  ambient  flow.    The
discharge  configuration is hydrodynamically "unstable", that
is the discharge  strength (measured by its momentum flux) is
very strong in relation to the layer depth and in relation to
the stabilizing effect of the  discharge buoyancy (measured by
its buoyancy flux).

The following flow zones exist:

1) Acceleration zone for staged diffuser: The net horizontal
momentum  flux provided by the staged diffuser jets produces
strong lateral  entrainment of the ambient water and gradual
acceleration along the  diffuser line.  A strong concentrated
current with vertical mixing  over the full layer depth  is set
up.  This zone extends from the  beginning to the end of the
diffuser line.

2) Diffuser-induced plume in cross-flow: The diffuser induced
momentum flux is still controlling the flow.  However, lateral
entrainment and diffusion lead to a spreading of the diffuser
plume  and  additional  mixing.   Initially,  the  plume  is
cross-flowing,  but  it becomes  progressively  deflected into
the direction of the  ambient  flow.   At  the  beginning, the
plume is vertically  mixed over the full layer depth.  At some
distance,  stratification may  take   place depending  on the
strength and direction of the plume buoyancy.

*** The zones listed above constitute the HYDRODYNAMIC MIXING
ZONE in which  strong  initial mixing takes place.  ***

3)  Buoyant spreading  at  layer boundary: The  plume spreads
laterally  along the  layer boundary  (surface  or pycnocline)
while it is being advected by the ambient  current.  The plume
thickness may decrease during this phase.  The mixing rate is
relatively small.  The plume may interact with a nearby bank
or shoreline.

4) Passive ambient mixing: After some distance the background
turbulence  in the ambient shear flow becomes the dominating
mixing      mechanism.  The  passive plume  is growing in depth
and in width.  The plume may interact with the channel  bottom
and/or banks.

*** Predictions will be terminated in zone 3  or 4 depending on
the  definitions of the  LEGAL MIXING ZONE or  the  REGION OF
INTEREST.  ***

SPECIAL CASE:  If  the  ambient  is  stagnant, then advection and
diffusion  by  the ambient flow  (zones 3 and 4)  cannot be
considered. The mixing is limited to the hydrodynamic  mixing
zone  (zones 1 and 2.)  and the predictions will be terminated at
this  stage.

                              177

-------
Such stagnant water predictions may be a useful initial mixing
indicator for a given site ;and discharge design.

For practical final predictions,  however,  the  advection and
diffusion  of   the ambient flow  - no matter  how  small in
magnitude -  should  be considered.
FLOW CLASS MU6             j

A staged multiport  diffuser with perpendicular alignment is
discharging  into  a  strong ambient  flow.    The  discharge
configuration   is hydrodyriamically "unstable",  that  is the
discharge strength   (measured  by its  momentum flux)  is very
strong in relation to the  flayer depth and in relation to the
stabilizing effect of the discharge  buoyancy (measured by its
buoyancy flux).   The ambient current  is  very  strong in the
present case.              '

The following flow zones exist:

1) Staged perpendicular  plume  in strong  current: The strong
ambient  flow rapidly  deflects the diffuser  induced  plume.
Ambient water flows across the diffuser line,  and  the diffuser
plume is advected in the direction of the ambient flow.  The
length of this zone is about one half  of the diffuser length.
*** The zones listed above constitute the HYDRODYNAMIC MIXING
ZONE in which strong initial mixing takes place.  ***

2) Buoyant  spreading at  layer  boundary:  The  plume spreads
laterally along  the layer >boundary  (surface  or pycnocline)
while it is being advected by the ambient current.  The plume
thickness may decrease during this  phase.  The mixing rate is
relatively small.  The plume may interact with a nearby bank
or shoreline.              ]

3) Passive ambient mixing: After some distance the background
turbulence in the  ambient shear flow becomes  the dominating
mixing mechanism.  The passive plume is growing in depth and
in width.   The plume may [interact with the  channel bottom
and/or banks.              j
                           i
*** Predictions will be terminated in zone 2  or  3 depending on
the definitions  of the LEGAL MIXING  ZONE or  the  REGION OF
INTEREST.  ***
FLOW CLASS MU7
                             178

-------
A  staged  multiport  diffuser  with  predominantly  parallel
alignment is discharging into an  ambient flow.  The discharge
configuration  is   hydrodynamically "unstable", that  is the
discharge strength  (measured  by its  momentum flux)  is very
strong in relation to the layer depth  and in relation to the
stabilizing effect  of the discharge buoyancy    (measured by
its buoyancy flux).

The following flow  zones exist:

1) Acceleration zone for staged diffuser:  The net horizontal
momentum  flux provided by the staged diffuser jets produces
strong lateral  entrainment of the ambient water and gradual
acceleration along the  diffuser  line.  A strong concentrated
current with vertical mixing  over the full layer depth is set
up.  This zone extends from the  beginning to the end of the
diffuser line.

2) Diffuser-induced plume in co-flow: The  diffuser  induced
momentum flux is still controlling the flow.  However, lateral
entrainment and diffusion lead to a spreading of the diffuser
plume and additional mixing.   The plume  moves predominantly
in the direction of the ambient flow.   At the beginning, the
plume is vertically mixed over the full layer depth.  At some
distance,  stratification may take place  depending on the
strength and direction of  the plume buoyancy.

*** The zones listed above constitute the HYDRODYNAMIC MIXING
ZONE in which strong initial mixing takes place.   ***

3) Buoyant  spreading at  layer  boundary:  The  plume  spreads
laterally along  the layer boundary  (surface  or  pycnocline)
while it is being advected by the ambient current.  The plume
thickness may decrease during this phase.  The mixing rate is
relatively small.   The plume may interact with a nearby bank
or shoreline.

4) Passive ambient mixing: After  some distance the background
turbulence in  the ambient shear  flow  becomes the dominating
mixing      mechanism.   The passive plume is growing in depth
and in width.  The plume may  interact with the channel bottom
and/or banks.

*** Predictions will be  terminated in zone 3 or 4 depending on
the definitions  of the  LEGAL .MIXING  ZONE or  the  REGION OF
INTEREST.  ***           .

SPECIAL CASE: If the ambient is stagnant,  then advection and
diffusion  by the  ambient flow  (zones  3  and 4)  cannot be
considered. The mixing is limited to the hydrodynamic mixing
zone (zones 1 and 2) and the predictions will be terminated at
this stage.

                             179

-------
Such stagnant water predictions may be a useful initial mixing
indicator  for a given site and discharge design.

For practical  final predictions,  however,  the advection and
diffusion  of   the ambient  flow  - no  matter how  small in
magnitude  -  should be considered.
FLOW CLASS MU8

An   alternating   multiport   diffuser   with  predominantly
perpendicular alignment is |discharging into an ambient flow..
For this  diffuser configuration the net horizontal momentum
flux is zero so that no significant  diffuser-induced currents
are produced in the water bjody.   However, the local effect of
the discharge momentum flux is strong in relation to the layer
depth  and  in relation  to  the stabilizing  effect  of  the
discharge buoyancy,  so that the discharge  configuration is
hydrodynamically  "unstable".

The following flow zones exist:

1) Alternating perpendicular diffuser with unstable near-field
zone: The destabilizing efffect of the discharge jets produces
an unstable near- field zone.  For stagnant or weak cross-flow
conditions, a vertical recirculation  zone  is being produced
leading to mixing over the full layer depth: however, the flow
tends  to  re-stratify  outside this  zone that extends a few
layer  depths   around  the  diffuser  line.     For  strong
cross-flow,  additional  d^stratification   and   mixing  are
produced.
                           i
  or, alternatively, a second possibility exists for strongly
buoyant   discharges:      j
                           I
1)  Near-vertical  surface  impingement,   upstream  spreading,
vertical  mixing,  and  buoyant  restratification:     The
destabilizing  effect  of  the   discharge jets  produces  an
unstable near-field  zone.  ' For  stagnant or  weak cross-flow
conditions, a vertical recirculation  zone  is being produced
leading to  mixing over the full layer  depth:  however,  the
flow tends to re-stratify  outside  this  zone that extends a
few layer  depths  around the diffuser line.  In particular,
upstream spreading will occur due to  the strong buoyancy of
the discharge.             I

*** The zones  listed above constitute the HYDRODYNAMIC MIXING
ZONE in which strong initia^ mixing takes place.  ***

2) Buoyant  spreading  at .layer  boundary: The plume  spreads
laterally along  the layer ^boundary  (surface  or pycnocline)
                           i
                           i  180

-------
while it is being advected by the ambient current.  The plume
thickness may decrease during this phase.  The mixing rate is
relatively small.  The plume may interact with a nearby bank
or shoreline.

3) Passive ambient mixing: After some distance the background
turbulence in  the  ambient shear  flow becomes the dominating
mixing mechanism.  The passive plume is growing in depth and
in width.   The plume  may interact with the channel bottom
and/or banks.

*** Predictions will be terminated in zone 2  or 3 depending on
the definitions  of the LEGAL  MIXING ZONE or the  REGION OF
INTEREST.  ***

SPECIAL CASE:  If the ambient is stagnant, then advection and
diffusion  by  the  ambient flow  (zones 2 and  3)  cannot be
considered. The mixing is limited to the hydrodynamic mixing
zone (zone 1)  and the predictions will be terminated at this
stage.

Such stagnant water predictions may be a useful initial mixing
indicator for  a given site and discharge design.

For practical  final predictions, however,  the advection and
diffusion  of   the ambient  flow  - no matter how  small in
magnitude - should  be considered.


*************************************************************
FLOW CLASS MU9

An alternating multiport diffuser with  predominantly parallel
alignment  is  discharging  into an ambient  flow.    For this
diffuser  configuration the net horizontal  momentum flux is
zero  so that  no  significant  diffuser-induced  currents are
produced in the water body.  However, the local effect of the
discharge momentum flux is strong in  relation  to  the layer
depth  and  in relation  to  the  stabilizing  effect of  the
discharge buoyancy,  so that the discharge  configuration is
hydrodynamically "unstable".

The following  flow  zones  exist:

1)  Near-vertical  surface impingement,  upstream  spreading,
vertical   mixing,   and   buoyant   restratificatipn:     The
destabilizing  effect  of  the  discharge jets  produces  an
unstable  near-field zone.  For stagnant  or weak cross-flow
conditions,  a  vertical recirculation zone is being produced
leading  to   mixing over  the full  layer  depth:  however, the
flow tends to  re-stratify  outside this  zone that extends a
few  layer depths  around  the diffuser line.  In particular,
                             181

-------
upstream  spreading  will  occur due to the strong buoyancy of
the discharge.             '
                           i
  or, alternatively, for calses with stronger crossflow:

1) Density  current  developing along parallel diffuser line:
The plume  develops along tljie diffuser line due to continuous
inflow of mixed buoyant  water.  The plume spreads laterally
along the layer boundary (surface or  pycnocline) which it is
being advected by the  ambient current.   The mixing  rate is
relatively small.  This zone extends from beginning to end of
the  diffuser line.        i
                           i
*** The zones listed above constitute  the HYDRODYNAMIC MIXING
ZONE in which strong 'initial mixing takes place.  .***

2) Buoyant  spreading  at  layer boundary: The  plume spreads
laterally along  the layer boundary  (surface or pycnocline)
while it is being advected by the ambient current.  The plume
thickness may decrease during this phase. The mixing rate is
relatively small.   The plumje may interact with a nearby bank
or shoreline.              i

3) Passive ambient mixing: After some  distance the background
turbulence in the ambient shear flow becomes the dominating
mixing mechanism.   The passive plume is growing in depth and
in width.   The plume  may interact with the channel bottom
and/or banks.

*** Predictions will be terminated  in zone 2  or  3 depending on
the definitions  of  the LEGAL  MIXING  ZONE or  the  REGION OF
INTEREST.  ***             :

SPECIAL CASE: If  the ambient is stagnant, then advection and
diffusion   by the  ambient; flow  (zones  2  and 3)  cannot be
considered.  The mixing is  limited to  the hydrodynamic mixing
zone (zone 1) and the predictions  will be terminated at this
stage.                     i
                           i
                           I
Such stagnant water  predictions may be a useful initial mixing
indicator for a given site and discharge design.

For practical final predictions,  however, the  advection and
diffusion of  the  ambient;  flow  - no matter  how  small in
magnitude - should  be considered.
FLOW CLASS MNU1

A submerged negatively buoyant effluent issues the discharge
port.     The  discharge  configuration is  hydrodynamically
                             182

-------
"stable",  that  is the  discharge  strength  (measured  by its
momentum flux) is weak in relation to the layer depth and in
relation to the stabilizing effect of the negative discharge
buoyancy  (measured by  its buoyancy   flux).   The  ambient
current is scale in this case.

The following flow zones exist:

1) Negatively buoyant line plume:  The  flow issuing from the
equivalent slot diffuser is dominated by the negative effluent
buoyancy.  Depending on vertical discharge angle, the flow may
rise somewhat; but due to the strong buoyancy,  it will quickly
descend  to  the  bottom.    The  length  of  this  region  is
controlled by the jet to plume length scale.

2)  Bottom boundary  impingement /  upstream  spreading:  The
weakly bent  jet/plume  impinges on the bottom boundary at a
near-vertical angle.  After impingement the flow spreads more
or less radially  along  the bottom.   In particular,  the flow
spreads some distance upstream against the ambient flow, and
laterally  across  the   ambient flow.    This  spreading  is
dominated by the strong buoyancy of the discharge.

*** The zones listed above constitute the HYDRODYNAMIC MIXING
ZONE  in which strong initial mixing takes place.   ***

3) Buoyant spreading  at bottom boundary:  The plume spreads
laterally along the bottom while it is being advected by the
ambient current.  The plume thickness may  decrease during this
phase.  The  mixing rate is relatively  small.   The plume may
interact  with a nearby bank or shoreline.

4) Passive ambient mixing: After some distance the background
turbulence in the  ambient shear flow becomes the dominating
mixing  mechanism. The  passive plume is  growing in depth and
in width.   The   plume  may interact with  the layer surface
and/or banks.

*** Predictions will be  terminated in zone 3 or 4 depending on
the definitions  of the LEGAL  MIXING  ZONE or  the  REGION OF
INTEREST.  ***

SPECIAL CASE: If the ambient is stagnant, then advection and
diffusion  by the  ambient flow  (zones 3  and 4)   cannot be
considered. The mixing is limited to the hydrodynamic mixing
zone (zones 1 and 2) and the predictions will be terminated at
this stage.

Such stagnant water predictions may be a useful initial mixing
indicator  for a given site and discharge design.

For practical final predictions,  however,  the advection and
                             183

-------
 diffusion of   the  ambieht  flow -  no matter  how small  in
 magnitude -  should be considered.
 FLOW CLASS MNU2

 A   submerged  negatively; buoyant  effluent  issues   either
 horizontally  or  vertically  from the discharge  port.  The
 effect  of  ambient  velocity  is  relatively strong.

 Alternatively, this flow may arise - even though the discharge
 may be  positively buoyant -  when the discharge is oriented
 downward  and is  arrested near  the  bottom by  some ambient
 stratification.           |
                          i
 The discharge configuration is hydrodynamically "stable", that
 is  the discharge strength (measured by its momentum flux)  is
 weak  in  relation  to the layer depth and in relation  to the
 stabilizing  effect   of  the  negative  discharge  buoyancy
 (measured  by its buoyancy | flux).

 The following flow zones  exist:

 1)  Weakly  deflected plane; jet in  crossflow: The flow issuing
 from  the  equivalent  slot!diffuser is  initially dominated  by
 the effluent momentum  (jet-like) and  is weakly deflected  by
 the ambient current.      I
                          i
 2)  Strongly deflected plane  jet in crossflow: The  jet has
 become   strongly  deflected  by  the  ambient current  and  is
 slowly rising toward  the!trapping level.
                          I         •               ,
 3)  Strongly deflected plane plume:  After some distance, the
 plume   buoyancy starts  to  affect the flow.    The plume  is
 slightly deflected  by  the  current and is slowly descending
 towards the bottom level. ;

 4)  Bottom  layer  approach: The bent-over submerged jet/plume
 approaches  the terminal  level.   Within a short distance the
 concentration distribution becomes relatively uniform  across
 the plume width and thickness.

 or
                          t

 4)  Density  current developing along  parallel  diffuser line:
The plume  develops along the  diffuser  line due to continuous
 inflow of mixed buoyant  water.  The plume spreads laterally
along the layer boundary ([bottom)  while it is being advected
by the ambient current.  The mixing rate is relatively   small.
This zone extends from beginning to end of the diffuser line.
                            .84

-------
*** The zones listed above constitute the HYDRODYNAMIC MIXING
ZONE in which strong initial mixing takes place.  ***

5) Buoyant  spreading at bottom boundary:  The  plume spreads
laterally along the bottom while it is being advected by the
ambient current.  The plume thickness may decrease during this
phase.  The mixing  rate  is  relatively  small.   The plume may
interact  with a nearby bank or shoreline.

6) Passive ambient mixing: After some distance the background
turbulence in the ambient shear flow  becomes  the dominating
mixing  mechanism.  The passive plume is growing in depth and
in width.   The   plume may  interact with  the  layer surface
and/or banks.

*** Predictions will be terminated in zone 5 or 6 depending on
the definitions  of  the LEGAL MIXING  ZONE or the  REGION OF
INTEREST.  ***
FLOW CLASS MNU3

A  submerged  negatively  buoyant  effluent  issues  from  a
unidirectional diffuser that may have an arbitrary alignment
relative to the weak ambient current.

The discharge configuration is hydrodynamically "stable", that
is the discharge strength (measured by its momentum flux) is
weak in relation  to the layer depth and  in  relation to the
stabilizing   effect  of   the  negative  discharge  buoyancy
(measured by  its  buoyancy   flux).   The  ambient  current is
scaled in this  case.   As a  consequence,  the mixed effluent
will  form  a  layer near  the bottom of  the  ambient layer.
However,  the total momentum flux in this case is large enough
to induce a significant current flow in this bottom layer.

The following flow zones exist:

1)  Weakly  deflected  (2-D)  wall  jet:   The  flow  issuing
horizontally  from the equivalent slot diffuser adheres to the
bottom and spreads vertically through turbulent diffusion.  A
gradual deflection by the ambient current takes place.

2)  Diffuser-induced bottom  density  current:  Driven  by the
horizontal  net momentum  flux a bottom density  current will
propagate  forward   while  spreading  laterally  with  .small
mixing.  This current  is further  deflected  by  the ambient
flow into the downstream direction.

*** The zones listed above constitute the HYDRODYNAMIC MIXING
ZONE in which strong initial mixing takes place.   ***

                             185

-------
 3)  Buoyant spreading at  bottom boundary:  The plume  spreads
 laterally along the bottom while it  is being  advected by  the
 ambient current.  The plumei thickness may decrease during1 this
 phase.   The mixing rate is relatively small.  The plume  may
 interact   with a nearby bank  or shoreline.

 4) Passive ambient mixing: After some distance the background
 turbulence in the ambient ishear flow becomes  the dominating
 mixing  mechanism.  The passive plume is  growing in depth  and
 in  width.  The  plume may interact  with  the layer  surface
 and/or  banks.              !

 *** predictions will be terminated in  zone 3 or 4 depending on
 the definitions of the LEGAL MIXING ZONE  or the REGION  OF
 INTEREST.   ***            i
                           I
 SPECIAL CASE:  If the  ambient  is stagnant, then advection  and
 diffusion by  the ambient  flow (zones  3  and 4)  cannot  be
 considered. The mixing  is  limited  to  the hydrodynamic mixing
 zone  (zones 1 and 2)  and the predictions will be terminated at
 this  stage.                j

 Such stagnant water predictions may be a useful initial mixing
 indicator for  a given site(and  discharge design.

 For practical  final predictions, however,  the advection  and
 diffusion of   the ambient flow - no  matter how  small  in
 magnitude - should be considered.
*************************************************************
FLOW CLASS MNU4            j                               :

A  submerged  negatively  buoyant  effluent  issues  from  a
unidirectional diffuser that may have an arbitrary alignment
relative to the strong ambient current.

The discharge configuration; is hydr©dynamically "stable", that
is the discharge strength  (measured by its momentum flux) is
weak in  relation  to the layer depth and  in  relation to the
stabilizing   effect   of   the  negative  discharge  buoyancy
(measured by  its  buoyancy|  flux).   The  ambient  current is
scaled in this  case.   As a  consequence,  the mixed effluent
will  form a  layer near  the bottom of  the  ambient layer.
However, the total momentum flux in this case is large enough
to induce a significant current flow in this bottom layer.

The following flow zones exist:

1)   Weakly  deflected  (2-p)  wall  jet:   The  flow  issuing
horizontally  from the equivalent slot diffuser adheres to the
bottom and spreads vertically through turbulent diffusion.  A
                             186

-------
gradual deflection by the ambient current takes place.

*** The zones listed above constitute the HYDRODYNAMIC MIXING
ZONE in which strong initial mixing takes place.  ***

2) Buoyant  spreading at bottom boundary: The  plume spreads
laterally along the bottom while it is being advected by the
ambient current.  The plume thickness may decrease during this
phase.  The  mixing  rate is  relatively  small.   The plume may
interact  with a nearby bank or shoreline.

3) Passive ambient mixing: After some distance the background
turbulence in the ambient shear flow becomes the dominating
mixing  mechanism.  The passive plume is growing in depth and
in width.   The   plume may  interact with the  layer surface
and/or banks.

*** Predictions will be terminated in zone 2  or  3 depending on
the definitions of the  LEGAL  MIXING  ZONE or  the  REGION OF
INTEREST.  ***

SPECIAL CASE: If the ambient is stagnant, then  advection and
diffusion  by the  ambient  flow  (zones 2 and   3)  cannot _be
considered.  The mixing  is limited to the hydrodynamic mixing
zone  (zone 1) and  the predictions will be terminated at this
stage.

Such stagnant water predictions may be a useful  initial mixing
indicator for a given  site and discharge design.

For practical final predictions,  however,  the  advection and
diffusion  of   the ambient  flow  - no matter  how  small in
magnitude -  should  be  considered.


*************************************************************
FLOW  CLASS MNU5

A submerged  negatively buoyant effluent issues  from a staged
diffuser that may have an arbitrary  alignment relative to the
weak  ambient current.

The discharge configuration  is hydrodynamically "stable", that
is the discharge  strength (measured by its momentum flux) is
weak  in  relation to the layer  depth and  in relation to the
stabilizing   effect  of  the  negative  discharge  buoyancy
 (measured  by its buoyancy   flux).   The  ambient current is
scaled  in  this  case.   As a consequence,  the mixed effluent
will  form  a layer  near the  bottom  of the  ambient layer.
However, the total momentum flux in this case is large enough
to induce a  significant current flow in this bottom layer.
                             187

-------
 The following flow zones exist:
                           I
 1)  Negatively buoyant stageld acceleration zone: The negatively
 buoyant flow issuing from the eguivalent slot diffuser and in
 the direction of  the diff user  line adheres to the bottom and
 spreads laterally through turbulent diffusion.   The vertical
 thickness of this flow zone is given   by the jet  to  plume
 length scale, and it extends over the full diffuser length.

 2)   Weakly  deflected  (3-D)   wall  jet:   The  flow  issuing
 horizontally from the equivalent slot diffuser adheres to the
 bottom and spreads vertically through turbulent diffusion.  A
 gradual deflection by the ambient current  takes place.

 3)  Diffuser-induced  bottom density current:  Driven by  the
 horizontal  net momentum flux  a bottom density  current will
 propagate  forward   while!  spreading  laterally  with  small
 mixing.  This current  is further  deflected by the  ambient
 flow into the downstream direction.

 *** The zones listed above 'constitute the HYDRODYNAMIC MIXING
 ZONE in which strong initial mixing takes  place.   ***

 4)  Buoyant spreading at  bottom boundary:  The plume  spreads
 laterally along  the  bottom  while  it is being  advected by the
 ambient current.  The plume  thickness may decrease during this
 phase.   The mixing rate is relatively small.  The plume  may
 interact  with a nearby baftk or shoreline.

 5)  Passive ambient mixing: After some distance the background
 turbulence  in the ambient shear flow becomes the dominating
 mixing  mechanism.  The passive plume is  growing in depth  and
 in  width.  The   plume may; interact with  the layer  surface
 and/or  banks.              j
                           i
 *** Predictions will be terminated in zone 4 or 5 depending on
 the definitions  of the  LEGAL  MIXING ZONE or  the REGION  OF
 INTEREST.   ***

 SPECIAL CASE: If the ambient is stagnant, then advection  and
 diffusion by the ambient I flow (zones  4  and 5)  cannot  be
 considered. The  mixing  is limited to the hydrodynamic mixing
 zone  (zones 1 to 3) and the  predictions will be terminated at
 this  stage.

 Such stagnant water predictions  may be a useful initial mixing
 indicator for a  given site ^and  discharge design.

 For practical final  predictions,  however,  the advection  and
 diffusion  of   the ambient; flow  - no matter how  small  in
magnitude - should be considered.
                            188

-------
*************************************************************
FLOW CLASS MNU6

A submerged negatively buoyant effluent issues from a staged
diffuser that may have an arbitrary alignment relative to the
strong ambient current.

The discharge configuration is hydrodynamically "stable", that
is the discharge strength (measured by its momentum flux) is
weak in  relation  to the layer depth and  in  relation to the
stabilizing   effect   of   the  negative  discharge  buoyancy
(measured  by its buoyancy   flux).   The  ambient  current is
scaled in  this case.   As a  consequence,  the mixed effluent
will  form a  layer near  the bottom of  the  ambient layer.
However, the total momentum flux in this case  is large enough
to induce  a  significant current flow in this bottom layer.
The following flow zones exist:

1) Negatively buoyant staged acceleration zone: The negatively
buoyant flow issuing from the equivalent slot diffuser and in
the direction of  the diffuser line adheres  to the bottom and
spreads laterally through turbulent diffusion.  The vertical
thickness  of this flow zone  is  given  by  the  jet to plume
length scale, and it extends over the full diffuser  length.

2)  Weakly  deflected  (3-D)  wall  jet:  The  flow  issuing
horizontally from the equivalent slot diffuser adheres to the
bottom and spreads vertically through turbulent diffusion.  A
gradual deflection by the ambient current takes place.

*** The zones listed above constitute the HYDRODYNAMIC MIXING
ZONE  in which strong initial  mixing takes place.  ***

3)  Buoyant spreading  at bottom  boundary:  The plume spreads
laterally  along  the  bottom while  it  is  being advected by the
ambient current.  The plume thickness may decrease during this
phase.   The mixing rate is relatively small.   The plume may
interact   with a nearby bank  or  shoreline.

4) Passive ambient mixing: After some distance the background
turbulence in the ambient shear flow becomes the dominating
mixing  mechanism.   The passive plume is growing  in depth and
in  width.    The   plume may  interact  with the layer surface
and/or banks.

*** Predictions will be terminated in zone 2 or 3  depending on
the  definitions of  the LEGAL MIXING ZONE  or  the REGION OF
INTEREST.   ***

SPECIAL  CASE:  If the ambient is  stagnant, then advection and

                              189

-------
 diffusion  by the  ambient jflow  (zones  3  and  4)  cannot be
 considered. The mixing is limited to the hydrodynamic mixing
 zone (zones 1 and 2)  and the predictions will be terminated
 at this stage.

 Such stagnant water predictions may be a useful initial mixing
 indicator for a given site [and discharge design.

 For practical final predictions, however,  the  advection and
 diffusion  of   the  ambient flow - no matter  how small in
 magnitude - should be considered.
 *************************************************************
 FLOW CLASS MNU7            j

 A ^ unidirectional  multiport  diffuser  with   perpendicular
 alignment  is discharging ihto an ambient  flow.   Frequently,
 this is  called  a    "co-flowing  diffuser".   The  discharge
 configuration is hydrodynamically   "unstable",  that  is  the
 discharge strength (measure'd by its momentum flux)   is  very
 strong  in relation to the layer depth  and  in relation to the
 stabilizing effect  of the discharge buoyancy (measured by its
 buoyancy  flux).   Rapid vertical  mixing  takes place over the
 full layer depth.          ;
                            i
                            i
 The  following flow zones exist:
                            i
 1) Acceleration zone for unidirectional coflowing  diffuser:
 The  net horizontal momentum flux provided by the diffuser  jets
 leads to  a wholescale acceleration of the ambient water,  that
 flows across the diffuser line leading to rapid  entrainment
 and  mixing  in this zone. The[ dif fuser plume is mixed over the
 full layer depth, and contracts laterally in the  direction of
 the  flow  (acceleration  process).  The  length of  this  zone is
 about one half the  diffuser  length.

 2) Diffuser-induced plume in  co-flow: The diffuser  induced
 momentum  flux is still controlling the flow.  However;  lateral
 entrainment  and diffusion lead to  a spreading of  the diffuser
 plume and additional  mixing.   The plume  moves predominantly
 in the direction  of the ambient flow.  At the beginning,  the
 plume is vertically mixed over the full layer depth.  At some
 distance,  stratification may  take  place  depending  on   the
 strength  and direction  of  the plume buoyancy.

 *** The zones listed above constitute the HYDRODYNAMIC MIXING
 ZONE  in which strong  initial mixing takes place.  ***

 3) Buoyant  spreading at  layer  bottom:  The plume spreads
 laterally along the layer boundary (bottom) while  it is being
advected  by  the   ambient current.   The  plume  thickness  may

                            i 190

-------
decrease during this phase.    The mixing rate is relatively
small.   The  plume  may interact  with  a    nearby bank  or
shoreline.

4) Passive ambient mixing:  After some distance the background
turbulence in  the  ambient  shear flow becomes the dominating
mixing      mechanism.   The passive plume is growing in depth
and in width.   The plume may interact with the channel bottom
and/or banks.

*** predictions will be terminated in zone 3  or 4 depending on
the definitions  of the  LEGAL  MIXING ZONE or the  REGION OF
INTEREST.  ***

SPECIAL CASE:  If the ambient is  stagnant, then advection and
diffusion  by  the  ambient  flow  (zones  3 and 4)  cannot be
considered. The mixing  is  limited  to the hydrodynamic mixing
zone  (zones 1 and 2)  and the predictions will be terminated at
this  stage.

Such  stagnant water predictions may be a useful initial mixing
indicator  for  a given  site and discharge design.

For practical  final predictions, however,  the advection and
diffusion  of   the ambient  flow  - no matter how  small in
magnitude  - should be  considered.


*************************************************************
FLOW  CLASS MNU8

A unidirectional  multiport diffuser with parallel alignment
 (commonly  called  a "tee diffuser"  is discharging into a weak
ambient    flow.      The      discharge   configuration   is
hydrodynamically  "unstable", that is the discharge strength
 (measured  by its momentum flux) is very strong in relation to
the layer  depth and in relation to the stabilizing  effect of
the discharge  buoyancy (measured by  its  buoyancy flux).

The following  flow zones exist:

 1) Acceleration zone for  unidirectional co-flowing diffuser
 (tee):  The  net  horizontal momentum  flux  provided  by the
diffuser  jets   leads  to  a wholescale  acceleration  of the
ambient  water,  that is  diverted across the diffuser  line
 leading  to rapid entrainment  and mixing in this  zone.  The
diffuser   plume  is  mixed  over  the  full  layer  depth,  and
contracts   laterally   in   the  direction   of   the     flow
 (acceleration  process).  The length of this  zone is about one
half   the diffuser length.  Plume deflection by the  ambient
current  is  insignificant.
                              191

-------
2) Diffuser-induced plume in cross-flow: The diffuser induced
momentum flux is still controlling the flow.  However, lateral
entrainment and diffusion lead to a  spreading of the diffuser
plume  and  additional  mixing.   Initially,  the  plume  is
cross-flowing,  but it becomes  progressively  deflected into
the  direction of the ambient  flow.   At  the  beginning, the
plume is vertically  mixed oyer the full layer depth.  At some
distance,  stratification may  take   place depending  on the
strength and direction of the plume buoyancy.

*** The zones listed above constitute the HYDRODYNAMIC MIXING
ZONE in which strong  initial mixing takes place.  ***

3)  Buoyant  spreading at  layer bottom:  The plume  spreads
laterally along the layer boundary (bottom) while it is  being
advected by  the  ambient cjirrent.  The plume thickness may
decrease during  this  phase.'   The mixing  rate is relatively
small.   The plume  may  interact  with a   nearby bank  or
shoreline.                  I

4) Passive ambient mixing: After some distance the background
turbulence in the ambient shear flow  becomes the dominating
mixing      mechanism.  The  passive plume  is growing in  depth
and in width.  The plume may interact with the channel bottom
and/or banks.
                            i
*** predictions will be  terminated in zone 3 or 4 depending on.
the  definitions  of the  LEGAL  MIXING  ZONE or the  REGION OF
INTEREST.  ***              ;

SPECIAL CASE: If  the ambient is stagnant,  then advection and
diffusion  by the ambient  flow  (zones  3 and 4)   cannot  be
considered. The mixing is limited to the hydrodynamic mixing
zone (zones 1 and 2) and the [predictions will be terminated at
this stage.                 I

Such stagnant water predictions may be a useful initial mixing
indicator for a given site  and discharge design.

For practical final predictions,  however,  the advection and
diffusion  of   the ambient  flow  - no matter how  small, in
magnitude - should be considered.
********************* ******^t********************it ************
FLOW CLASS MNU9

A unidirectional  multiport  diffuser with parallel alignment
(commonly called a "tee diffuser" is discharging into a strong
ambient   flow.      The  ,    discharge   configuration   is
hydrodynamically  "unstable"; that is the  discharge strength
(measured by its momentum f l|ux) is very strong in relation to
                             192

-------
the layer depth and in relation to the stabilizing effect  of
the discharge buoyancy  (measured by its buoyancy flux).   The
ambient  current is very strong in the present case.

The following flow zones exist:

1) Unidirectional cross-flowing (tee) diffuser plume in strong
current: The  strong ambient crossflow rapidly  deflects the
diffuser induced  plume flow.   The diffuser plume is advected
in the direction of the  ambient flow.  This plume deflection
is associated with a recirculation  zone at the downstream end
(lee) of the plume.  The plume  is vertically  mixed over the
full layer depth in this zone.

*** The zones listed above constitute the HYDRODYNAMIC MIXING
ZONE in which strong initial mixing takes place.  ***

2)  Buoyant spreading  at  layer bottom:  The plume spreads
laterally along the layer boundary  (bottom) while it is being
advected by the  ambient  current.   The  plume thickness may
decrease during  this  phase.    The  mixing rate is relatively
small.   The  plume  may  interact  with  a   nearby bank  or
shoreline.

3) Passive ambient mixing: After some distance the background
turbulence in  the ambient shear flow becomes the dominating
mixing      mechanism.  The passive  plume  is growing in depth
and in width.   The plume may interact with the channel bottom
and/or banks.

*** Predictions will be terminated in zone 2 or 3 depending on
the  definitions of the  LEGAL  MIXING ZONE or the  REGION OF
INTEREST.  ***
*************************************************************
FLOW CLASS MNU10

A  staged multiport  diffuser with predominantly perpendicular
alignment  is  discharging  into  weak  ambient   flow.    The
discharge  configuration is hydrodynamically "unstable", that
is the discharge  strength (measured by its  momentum flux)  is
very strong in relation  to the layer depth and in relation  to
the stabilizing effect of the  discharge buoyancy (measured  by
its buoyancy  flux).

The following flow  zones exist:

1) Acceleration  zone for staged diffuser: The net horizontal
momentum  flux provided by the staged  diffuser  jets produces
strong  lateral  entrainment of the  ambient  water and gradual
acceleration  along  the  diffuser line.   A strong concentrated

                              153

-------
 current with vertical mixing  over the full layer depth is set
 up.   This  zone extends  from; the  beginning to the end  of the
 diffuser line.

 2) Diffuser-induced plume in cross-flow:  The diffuser induced
 momentum flux is still controlling the flow.  However, lateral
 entrainment and diffusion lead to a  spreading of the diffuser
 plume  and additional  mixing.   Initially,  the  plume  is
 cross-flowing,  but it  becomes progressively  deflected  into
 the  direction of  the ambie|nt flow.  At  the  beginning,  the
 plume is vertically  mixed over the full layer depth.  At some
 distance,  stratification may  take   place depending  on  the
 strength and direction  of the plume buoyancy.

 *** The zones listed above Constitute the  HYDRODYNAMIC  MIXING
 ZONE  in which  strong  initial mixing takes place.  ***

 3)  Buoyant  spreading  at  layer  bottom:  The plume  spreads
 laterally  along the layer boundary (bottom) while it is being
 advected by the   ambient current.  The  plume  thickness  may
 decrease during this  phase.    The mixing rate  is relatively
 small.   The plume  may  interact  with  a   nearby bank  or
 shoreline.                  ;

 4) Passive ambient mixing: After  some distance the background
 turbulence in  the ambient shear  flow  becomes the dominating
 mixing      mechanism.  The  passive  plume  is growing in depth
 and in width.  The plume may interact with the channel  bottom
 and/or  banks.               j
                            i
 *** Predictions will be  terminated in zone 3 or 4 depending on
 the  definitions of the LEGAL  MIXING  ZONE or the  REGION  OF
 INTEREST.   ***
                            f
                            i
 SPECIAL CASE: If  the ambient is stagnant, then advection and
 diffusion  by the ambient flow  (zones  3 and  4)  cannot  be
 considered. The mixing  is limited to the hydrodynamic mixing
 zone  (zones 1 and  2) and the-predictions will be  terminated at
 this  stage.
                            i                    '         '• •
 Such stagnant water predictions may be  a useful initial mixing
 indicator  for a given site and discharge design.
                            i              •   - -     . •
 For practical  final  predictions,  however, the  advection  and
 diffusion  of   the ambient flow  -  no matter  how  small  in
 magnitude  - should be considered.
FLOW CLASS MNU11

A staged multiport  diffuserj with perpendicular alignment is
                            i
                            i 194

-------
discharging  into  a  strong  ambient  flow.    The  discharge
configuration   is hydr©dynamically "unstable", that  is the
discharge strength   (measured  by  its  momentum flux)  is very
strong in relation to the  layer depth and in relation to the
stabilizing effect of the discharge  buoyancy (measured by its
buoyancy flux).   The ambient current  is  very  strong in the
present case.

The following  flow  zones exist:

1) Staged perpendicular  plume  in  strong  current:  The strong
ambient  flow rapidly  deflects the diffuser  induced plume.
Ambient water flows across  the diffuser line, and the diffuser
plume is advected in the direction of the ambient flow.  The
length of this zone is about one half  of the diffuser length.


*** The zones listed above constitute  the HYDRODYNAMIC MIXING
ZONE in which  strong initial mixing takes place.   ***

2)  Buoyant  spreading at  layer  bottom:  The  plume  spreads
laterally along the  layer boundary (bottom)  while it is being
advected by the  ambient  current.  The  plume thickness may
decrease during  this phase.    The mixing rate is relatively
small.   .The  plume may  interact with  a    nearby  bank  or
shoreline.

3) Passive ambient mixing: After some  distance the background
turbulence  in  the ambient shear flow becomes the dominating
mixing mechanism.   The passive plume  is growing in depth and
in width.    The  plume may interact with the channel bottom
and/or banks.

*** predictions will be terminated in  zone 2 or 3 depending on
the  definitions of  the  LEGAL  MIXING ZONE  or  the  REGION OF
INTEREST.   ***
 *************************************************************
 FLOW CLASS  MNU12

 A  staged  multiport  diffuser  with  predominantly  parallel
 alignment is discharging into an ambient flow.  The discharge
 configuration  is   hydr©dynamically  "unstable",  that is the
 discharge  strength (measured  by its momentum flux) is very
 strong in relation to the layer depth  and in relation to the
 stabilizing effect of the discharge buoyancy    (measured by
 its  buoyancy flux).

 The  following  flow zones  exist:

 1) Acceleration zone for  staged diffuser:  The net horizontal

                             195

-------
momentum  flux provided by
the staged diffuser jets produces
strong  lateral   entrainment of the ambient water and gradual
acceleration along the  diffuser line.  A strong concentrated
current with vertical mixing over the full layer depth  is set
up.  This  zone  extends  from the  beginning to the end  of the
diffuser line.             [

2)  Diffuser-induced plume in co-flow: The diffuser induced
momentum flux is still controlling the flow. However, lateral
entrainment and diffusion Ijsad to a spreading of the diffuser
plume and  additional  mixing.  The plume  moves predominantly
in the  direction of the ambient flow.  At the beginning, the
plume is vertically mixed over the full layer depth.  At some
distance,  stratification irtay  take   place  depending on  the
strength and direction  of  the plume buoyancy.
                           I
*** The zones listed above constitute the HYDRODYNAMIC  MIXING
ZONE in which strong  initial mixing takes place.  ***
                           I
3)  Buoyant  spreading  at  layer bottom:  The plume  spreads
laterally  along the layer boundary (bottom) while it is being
advected by  the  ambient durrent.   The  plume thickness may
decrease during this  phase.    The mixing rate is relatively
small.   The  plume  may  interact  with  a    nearby bank  or
shoreline.

4) Passive ambient mixing: After some distance the background
turbulence in the  ambient shear flow becomes the dominating
mixing      mechanism.  The passive plume is growing in depth
and in width.  The plume may interact with the channel  bottom
and/or  banks.              |

*** Predictions will be  terminated in zone 3 or 4 depending on
the definitions of the LEGAL MIXING ZONE or the  REGION OF
INTEREST.  ***             :

SPECIAL CASE: If the  ambient is stagnant, then advection and
diffusion  by the  ambient flow  (zones  3  and  4)  cannot  be
considered. The mixing  is limited to the hydrodynamic mixing
zone (zones 1 and 2) and the! predictions will be terminated at
this stage.                ;
                           i             .         .

Such stagnant water predictions may be a useful initial mixing
indicator  for a given site and discharge design.

For practical final predictions,  however,  the advection and
diffusion  of    the  ambient flow  -  no matter  how small  in
magnitude  - should be considered.
*************************************************************
FLOW CLASS MNU13
                             196

-------
An   alternating  multiport   diffuser  with   predominantly
perpendicular alignment is discharging into an ambient flow.
For this diffuser  configuration  the net horizontal momentum
flux is zero so that no significant diffuser-induced currents
are produced in the water body.   However, the local effect of
the discharge momentum flux is strong in relation to the layer
depth  and  in relation  to  the  stabilizing  effect  of  the
discharge  buoyancy,  so  that the discharge  configuration is
hydr©dynamically -"unstable".

The following flow zones exist:

1) Alternating perpendicular diffuser with unstable near-field
zone: The destabilizing effect of the discharge jets produces
an unstable near- field zone.  For stagnant or weak cross-flow
conditions, a  vertical recirculation  zone  is  being produced
leading to mixing over the full layer depth: however, the flow
tends  to  re-stratify outside this  zone that extends  a  few
layer  depths  around  the   diffuser  line.     For   strong
cross-flow,   additional   destratification   and   mixing  are
produced.

  or, alternatively, a second  possibility exists for strongly
buoyant   discharges:

1)  Near-vertical surface  impingement,  upstream  spreading,
vertical   mixing,   and   buoyant  restratification:  .    The
destabilizing  effect  of the discharge  jets  produces  an
unstable near-field  zone.   For  stagnant or weak cross-flow
conditions, a  vertical recirculation  zone  is  being produced
leading to   mixing over the full layer depth: however,  the
flow tends  to  re-stratify   outside  this  zone  that extends a
few  layer  depths around  the  diffuser line.  In  particular,
upstream spreading will  occur due to  the  strong  buoyancy of
the discharge.

*** The zones listed above constitute the HYDRODYNAMIC MIXING
ZONE in which strong  initial mixing takes place.   ***

2)  Buoyant spreading at layer  bottom:  The  plume  spreads
laterally along the layer boundary (bottom) while it is being
advected by the  ambient current.   The plume thickness  may
decrease during this  phase.   The mixing  rate is relatively
small.   The  plume  may  interact with a   nearby bank  or
shoreline.

3) Passive ambient mixing: After  some distance the background
turbulence  in  the ambient shear  flow  becomes  the dominating
mixing mechanism.  The passive plume is growing in depth and
in width.   The plume may interact  with the  channel  bottom
and/or banks.
                             197

-------
*** predictions will be terminated in zone 2 or 3 depending on
the definitions  of the LEGAL MIXING  ZONE or the  REGION OF
INTEREST.  ***
                           [
SPECIAL CASE: If the ambient is stagnant, then advection and
diffusion  by the  ambient  flow  (zones  2 and  3)   cannot be
considered. The mixing is limited to the hydrodynamic mixing
zone (zone 1)  and the predictions will be terminated at this
stage.

Such stagnant water predictions may be a useful initial mixing
indicator for a given site and discharge design.

For practical  final predictions, however, the  advect*lon and
diffusion  of  the ambient flow  - no matter  how  small in
magnitude - should be considered.

                           i
*************************************************************
FLOW CLASS MNU14           I                ,    .

An alternating multiport diffuser with predominantly parallel
alignment  is discharging  into  an ambient flow.    For this
diffuser configuration the net horizontal momentum flux is
zero  so  that  no  significant  diffuser-induced  currents are
produced in the water body. ; However, the local effect of the
discharge momentum flux  is strong in relation  to  the layer
depth  and  in relation  to i the  stabilizing effect of  the
discharge buoyancy,  so  that the discharge configuration is
hydrodynamically "unstable".

The following flow  zones exist:

1)  Near-vertical  surface  impingement,  upstream  spreading,
vertical   mixing,   and  buoyant   restratification:     The
destabilizing  effect  of  the  discharge  jets  produces  an
unstable near-field zone.   For stagnant  or  weak  cross-flow
conditions,  a  vertical recirculation  zone is being produced
leading to   mixing over  the full  layer  depth:  however, the
flow tends to  re-stratify  ;outside this  zone that  extends a
few layer  depths  around the  diffuser line. In particular,
upstream spreading  will occur due  to  the strong buoyancy of
the discharge.

  or,  alternatively, for cases with stronger crossflow:

1) Density current developing  along parallel diffuser line:
The plume  develops along the diffuser line due to continuous
inflow of mixed buoyant  water.  The plume spreads laterally
alo'ng the layer boundary  (surface or pycnocline) which it is
being advected by  the ambient  current.   The  mixing  rate is
relatively small.  This zone extends from beginning to end of
                             198

-------
the  diffuser line.

*** The zones listed above constitute the HYDRODYNAMIC MIXING
ZONE in which strong initial mixing takes place.  ***

2)  Buoyant  spreading  at layer  bottom:  The plume  spreads
laterally along the layer boundary  (bottom) while it is being
advected by  the   ambient current.   The  plume  thickness may
decrease during this phase.    The  mixing rate  is relatively
small.   The plume  may interact  with  a    nearby bank  or
shoreline.

3) Passive ambient mixing: After some distance the background
turbulence in the  ambient shear flow  becomes the dominating
mixing mechanism.  The passive plume is growing in depth and
in width.   The plume  may  interact with the channel bottom
and/or banks.

*** Predictions will be terminated in zone 2 or 3 depending on
the definitions  of the LEGAL  MIXING  ZONE or the  REGION OF
INTEREST.  ***

SPECIAL CASE: If the ambient is stagnant, then  advection and
diffusion   by the  ambient  flow (zones  2  and  3)  cannot be
considered.  The mixing is  limited  to the hydrodynamic mixing
zone (zone 1) and the predictions  will be terminated at this
stage.

Such stagnant water predictions may be  a useful initial mixing
indicator for a given site and discharge design.

For practical final  predictions, however, the  advection and
diffusion  of  the ambient  flow - no  matter  how small in
magnitude -  should be considered.
                             199

-------
             Appendix C:  Design Recommendations    :
                            I
 *****A*********A********************************************
 DESIGN RECOMMENDATIONS AND C5ENERAL ADVICE:

 A reliable environmental analysis  and mixing zone prediction
 is possible only if each  design  case is evaluated  through
 several iterations of  CORMIX.   Small changes in  ambient or
 discharge design conditions can sometimes cause drastic shifts
 in the applicable flow configuration (flow class) and the size
 or appearance of mixing zones.   Iterative use of CORMIX will
 give information on the sensitivity of predicted  results on
 design and ambient conditions.

 Each predictive case should'be  carefully assessed as  to:

    - size and  shape of  LMZ,'
    - conditions in the  TDZ  (if  present),
    - bottom impact of the  discharge flow,
    - water surface exposure,
    - bank attachment, and  other factors.

 In general, iterations should be conducted  in the following
 order:                      !

   A)  Diffuser  design changes  (geometry variations),
   B)  Sensitivity to ambient!conditions, and
   C)  Discharge flow changes (process variations).

 When investigating  these   variations  the  CORMIX  user will
 quickly  appreciate the  fact that mixing conditions at  short
 distances   (near-field)  are  usually  quite  sensitive  and
 controllable.     In  contrast,  mixing  conditions  at  large
 distances  (far-field) often show little sensitivity unless the
 ambient  conditions change  substantially or  drastic  process
 variations are introduced.
A) DIFFUSER DESIGN  CHANGES  (GEOMETRY VARIATIONS):

Most  of the following recommendations  are  motivated by  the
desire for improving conditions in the applicable mixing zones
(i.e. minimizing  concentrations and/or areal extents):

1) Diffuser location:  Consider moving the outfall  further
offshore  to a  larger water  depth, in  order to  delay flow
interaction  with  the bank/shore, and  to improve near-field
mixing.                     1                  ,

2) Diffuser 'type:    The  diffuser  type  is  dictated  by  its
nozzle/port arrangement (angles THETA and BETA with or  without
fanning)  and its  alignment;  (angle  GAMMA)  relative  to  the

                             200

-------
current.  Many combinations are possible  (see also the advice
on discharge conditions in DATIN) .  No hard and fast rules can
be given  on the most  desirable  type and  arrangement.   The
diffuser  choice is often  dictated by local bathymetry and
other conditions, e.g. clearances for navigation or fishing.

Performance features for the three major types are:

     A. UNIDIRECTIONAL DIFFUSER:
     This type has a directed net momentum input.   It tends to
     produce   strong   currents  in   the  receiving  water,
     especially under shallow conditions,  often associated
     with benthic  impacts.  A fanned-out port/nozzle design
     variable BETA) usually gives somewhat improved dilutions.

          Perpendicular  alignment  ("co-flowing  diffuser11):
          This  is the preferred type for  non-reversing flows,
          as in rivers and in  some coastal conditions.  Note
          that  in riverine situations the river flow provides
          an upper  limit  on the achievable dilution.

          Parallel   alignment   ("tee  diffuser"):     This
          alignment may  be acceptable  for weak reversing
          coastal flows to provide offshore transport for the
          diffuser  plume.   It  provides poor  mixing  under
          strong current  conditions.

     B. STAGED  DIFFUSER:                           •    .
     This type also  provides a  directed  momentum  input.
     Hence,  it  can lead  to   strong induced currents, with
     plume  contact at the bottom.

          Perpendicular    alignment:      This   is   a  good
          arrangement for  shallow water  conditions  in the
          coastal  environment  under  weak or  strong reversing
          currents.   Under  weak  currents  it  gives  good
          offshore transport,  and it efficiently captures the
          ambient  flow under  strong  current  conditions.

          Parallel alignment:   Generally not advantageous.

      C. ALTERNATING DIFFUSER:                    _
      This type has  no  directed  net momentum  input.    Its
      dilution efficiency  is mostly  dictated by  its buoyancy
      flux and  by  the ambient current.   It usually has  the
      least  benthic impact. A fanned-out (variable BETA) will
      give somewhat  improved dilutions especially under shallow
      water  conditions.

           Perpendicular  alignment:   This  is  the  preferred
           arrangement for deep water (e.g. sewage)  diffusers
           in coastal environments with variable currents  and
                              201

-------
           stratification,  tit may also be advisable  for more
           shallow conditions if  minimal influences on  the
           ambient regime current are desired.
                           !                            "   '
           Parallel alignment:   May be  desirable because of
           bathymetric  or navigational reasons.
                           i                                 -
3) Diffuser length:  By and large, a longer diffuser will give
better dilutions.   However*,  this may  not  be the case  for
diffusers  in  parallel  alignment,  especially  with  strong
ambient currents.  Also keep in  mind the dilution limitations
given  by the total flow in riverine situations.  Typically, an
alternating  type  will require  a  longer diffuser  than  the
unidirectional  or staged type in order  to  achieve the same
near-field mixing.

4) Number of ports/nozzles and port/nozzle diameter  (discharge
velocity) :  Remember that for a given discharge flow  rate  the
port  area and  discharge velocity  are inversely related: a
small  discharge port implies a high discharge velocity, and a
consequently high discharge I momentum flux.  Typically,  a high
velocity discharge will maximize near-field mixing.  Note,
however, that high velocity discharges a)  may lead to unstable
near-field flow configurations perhaps involving undesirable
mixing patterns, and b) usually have little,  if  any, effect on
dilutions over the far-field where a LMZ may apply.  Discharge
velocities in typical engineering designs may range from 3 m/s
to 8 m/s.  Very high velocities may lead to excessive pumping
energy requirements.  Very  low velocities  (less than  0.5 m/s)
may  lead  to  undesirable sediment  accumulation  within  the
discharge pipe or tunnel.
                                                          on
5)  Port/riser  spacing:   Given  the  other  constraints  _..
diffuser^mixing  (i.e. diffuser length and discharge velocity)
the ^ spacing is a dynamically unimportant variable that has a
limited effect on overall mixing.   However,  the spacing plays
a role  in the merging process of the  individual jets/plumes,
and  thus  may affect the  very initial  mixing,  e.g.  as  of
interest in toxic dilution zone  (TDZ) predictions.  As a rough
rule, merging takes place after a  distance along the plume
path  of  about  three  to  f;ive spacings.    If the  TDZ  is
encountered   before  then,;  additional   single   jet/plume
predictions,  using  CORMIX1, may be needed.

6)  Port  height:   In  most cases,  this  is a  dynamically
unimportant   parameter.     however,   there  are  " important
exceptions:   For negatively buoyant discharges,  the  port
height  may control  the amount of  initial mixing  prior  to
benthic  contact.  More  generally,  for deep water  discharges
the port  height  to water  &epth  ratio  has some effect  on
initial  mixing.   Finally,  in  the  presence of crossflow,  the
port height  influences  the stability of the discharge,  !.•&*•'

                            1 202

-------
the distinction between deep and shallow water discharges.


B) SENSITIVITY TO AMBIENT CONDITIONS:

Variations -  of  the order of 25 percent  -  of the following
ambient design conditions should be considered:
  - ambient velocity  (or ambient flowrate),
  - ambient depth  (or river/tidal stage), and
  - ambient density structure (notably density differences).

Such variability is important for two reasons:
   1) the usual uncertainty in ambient environmental data, and
   2) the schematization employed by CORMIX1.

Please refer  to  the detailed advice on the specification of
environmental data, including the density structure, that is
available in program  element DATIN.  In particular, note the
advisory comments  on  stagnant ambient conditions.
C) DISCHARGE FLOW CHANGES  (PROCESS VARIATIONS) :,

Actual process changes can result in variations of one or more
of three parameters associated with the discharge:  flowrate,
density,  or pollutant  concentration.   In  some  cases, such
process  changes may be difficult to  achieve or too  costly.
Note,  that  "off-design"   conditions  in  which  a discharge
operates below its full capacity also fall into this category.

1) Pollutant mass flux: The total pollutant mass  flux is the
product  of  discharge  flow  (m**3/s)  times the discharge
pollutant   concentration   (in  arbitrary   units).     Thus,
decreasing the pollutant mass flux will,  in  general,  decrease
the  resulting  pollutant concentration in the near-field and
far-field.    This   occurs,   of  course,  during  off-design
conditions.

2)  Discharge  flow:  For  a  given pollutant  mass  flux,   an
increase  in discharge flow implies an increase in discharge
pollutant concentration,  and  vice versa.  For the variety  of
flow classes contained in CORMIX2 there  is  no universal rule
whether  high or low  volume  discharges  are  preferable for
optimizing  near-field  mixing.   Mostly,  the sensitivity  is
small, and  even more so for far-field effects.  Note that a
change   in  discharge   flow  will  influence,   in turn,  the
discharge velocity  and hence  the momentum flux.

3) Discharge density: The actual density of the discharge flow
controls the buoyancy effects relative to the ambient water.
Occasionally,  the discharge density is controllable through
the  amount  of  process heating or cooling occurring  prior  to

                             203

-------
discharge.    Usually,  near-field  mixing  is  enhanced  by
maximizing the total density difference (positive or negative)
between  discharge  flow and ambient  water.   in most casps,
however, this effect is minor.,

-------

-------
m
-a
o


§
cb


is    ?
^
   8
en
                 > me

                 «  <  I-
                 3  5 ' •

                 SS?;
                    3  S?
                    (D  0)
                          t)



                          1
                          O


                          6'
                          3
                      I
                O    m


                f    I.
                en    5
                5    £
                w    33
                      s
                      3
         •0     CO


         33     ^2
               G)
               01
                85m


                1

-------